Commit Graph

47969 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Al Viro
f4ae40a6a5 switch debugfs to umode_t
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-01-03 22:54:56 -05:00
Al Viro
48176a973d switch sysfs_chmod_file() to umode_t
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-01-03 22:54:56 -05:00
Al Viro
d161a13f97 switch procfs to umode_t use
both proc_dir_entry ->mode and populating functions

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-01-03 22:54:56 -05:00
Al Viro
587a1f1659 switch ->is_visible() to returning umode_t
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-01-03 22:54:55 -05:00
Al Viro
9104e427f3 switch sysfs attr->mode to umode_t
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-01-03 22:54:55 -05:00
Al Viro
2c9ede55ec switch device_get_devnode() and ->devnode() to umode_t *
both callers of device_get_devnode() are only interested in lower 16bits
and nobody tries to return anything wider than 16bit anyway.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-01-03 22:54:55 -05:00
Al Viro
1a67aafb5f switch ->mknod() to umode_t
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-01-03 22:54:54 -05:00
Al Viro
4acdaf27eb switch ->create() to umode_t
vfs_create() ignores everything outside of 16bit subset of its
mode argument; switching it to umode_t is obviously equivalent
and it's the only caller of the method

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-01-03 22:54:53 -05:00
Al Viro
18bb1db3e7 switch vfs_mkdir() and ->mkdir() to umode_t
vfs_mkdir() gets int, but immediately drops everything that might not
fit into umode_t and that's the only caller of ->mkdir()...

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-01-03 22:54:53 -05:00
Al Viro
8208a22bb8 switch sys_mknodat(2) to umode_t
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-01-03 22:54:52 -05:00
Al Viro
ff01bb4832 fs: move code out of buffer.c
Move invalidate_bdev, block_sync_page into fs/block_dev.c.  Export
kill_bdev as well, so brd doesn't have to open code it.  Reduce
buffer_head.h requirement accordingly.

Removed a rather large comment from invalidate_bdev, as it looked a bit
obsolete to bother moving.  The small comment replacing it says enough.

Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-01-03 22:54:07 -05:00
Al Viro
cf31e70d6c vfs: new helper - vfs_ustat()
... and bury user_get_super()/statfs_by_dentry() - they are
purely internal now.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-01-03 22:53:07 -05:00
Al Viro
2a79f17e4a vfs: mnt_drop_write_file()
new helper (wrapper around mnt_drop_write()) to be used in pair with
mnt_want_write_file().

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-01-03 22:52:40 -05:00
Al Viro
8c9379e972 constify seq_file stuff
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-01-03 22:52:40 -05:00
Al Viro
79e801a906 vfs: make do_kern_mount() static
the only user outside of fs/namespace.c has died

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-01-03 22:52:39 -05:00
Al Viro
a5166169f9 vfs: convert fs_supers to hlist
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-01-03 22:52:39 -05:00
Al Viro
6c449c8dfe unexport put_mnt_ns(), make create_mnt_ns() static outright
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-01-03 22:52:37 -05:00
Al Viro
5ede7b1cfa pull manipulations of rpc_cred inside alloc_nfs_open_context()
No need to duplicate them in both callers; make it return
ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM) on allocation failure instead of NULL and
it'll be able to report rpc_lookup_cred() failures just
fine.  Callers are much happier that way...

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-01-03 22:52:34 -05:00
Javier Martinez Canillas
43c6759e73 net: phy: smsc: Move SMSC PHY constants to <linux/smscphy.h>
SMSC generation 4 LAN chips integrate an IEEE 802.3 ethernet physical layer.
The ethernet driver for this family of devices needs to access the SMSC PHY
registers and bit-fields.

So, this patch moves these constants to a place where it can be used for both
the PHY and LAN drivers.

Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@dowhile0.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-03 20:23:18 -05:00
Jan Kara
30e053248d security: Fix security_old_inode_init_security() when CONFIG_SECURITY is not set
Commit 1e39f384bb ("evm: fix build problems") makes the stub version
of security_old_inode_init_security() return 0 when CONFIG_SECURITY is
not set.

But that makes callers such as reiserfs_security_init() assume that
security_old_inode_init_security() has set name, value, and len
arguments properly - but security_old_inode_init_security() left them
uninitialized which then results in interesting failures.

Revert security_old_inode_init_security() to the old behavior of
returning EOPNOTSUPP since both callers (reiserfs and ocfs2) handle this
just fine.

[ Also fixed the S_PRIVATE(inode) case of the actual non-stub
  security_old_inode_init_security() function to return EOPNOTSUPP
  for the same reason, as pointed out by Mimi Zohar.

  It got incorrectly changed to match the new function in commit
  fb88c2b6cbb1: "evm: fix security/security_old_init_security return
  code".   - Linus ]

Reported-by: Jorge Bastos <mysql.jorge@decimal.pt>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Acked-by: Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-01-03 16:12:19 -08:00
Arnd Bergmann
e1482a1708 Merge branch 'mxs/clk-prepare' of git://git.linaro.org/people/shawnguo/linux-2.6 into imx/clk 2012-01-03 20:34:14 +00:00
Donggeun Kim
e1de2f4234 regulator: add regulator_bulk_force_disable function
This patch allows consumers to forcibly disable multiple regulator
clients in a single API call.

Signed-off-by: Donggeun Kim <dg77.kim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
2012-01-03 20:20:01 +00:00
John W. Linville
57adc1fcba Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next into for-davem
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/b43/dma.c
	drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/dhd_linux.c
2012-01-03 15:16:34 -05:00
Eric Anholt
ae662d3126 drm/i915: Add support for resetting the SO write pointers on gen7.
These registers are automatically incremented by the hardware during
transform feedback to track where the next streamed vertex output
should go.  Unlike the previous generation, which had a packet for
setting the corresponding registers to a defined value, gen7 only has
MI_LOAD_REGISTER_IMM to do so.  That's a secure packet (since it loads
an arbitrary register), so we need to do it from the kernel, and it
needs to be settable atomically with the batchbuffer execution so that
two clients doing transform feedback don't stomp on each others'
state.

Instead of building a more complicated interface involcing setting the
registers to a specific value, just set them to 0 when asked and
userland can tweak its pointers accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
Reviewed-by: Eugeni Dodonov <eugeni.dodonov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Kenneth Graunke <kenneth@whitecape.org>
Signed-off-by: Keith Packard <keithp@keithp.com>
2012-01-03 09:31:18 -08:00
Jesse Barnes
8ea3086422 drm/i915: add color key support v4
Add new ioctls for getting and setting the current destination color
key.  This allows for simple overlay display control by matching a color
key value in the primary plane before blending the overlay on top.

v2: remove unnecessary mutex acquire/release around reg accesses
v3: add support for full color key management
v4: fix copy & paste bug in snb_get_colorkey
    don't bother checking min/max values against docs as the docs are likely
    wrong (how could we handle 10bpc surface formats?)

Reviewed-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
2012-01-03 09:31:12 -08:00
Chanho Park
0d2006bbf0 pinctrl: remove unnecessary max pin number
This patch removes maxpin member in the pin control descriptor
because we don't need this value as we enumerate a pin space
using offset.

Signed-off-by: Chanho Park <chanho61.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
2012-01-03 09:10:09 +01:00
Stephen Warren
43699dea1e pinctrl: pass name instead of device to pin_config_*
Obtaining a "struct pinctrl_dev *" is difficult for code not directly
related to the pinctrl subsystem. However, the device name of the pinctrl
device is fairly well known. So, modify pin_config_*() to take the device
name instead of the "struct pinctrl_dev *".

Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
[rebased on top of refactoring code]
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
2012-01-03 09:10:07 +01:00
Stephen Warren
63fd5984a9 pinctrl: add "struct seq_file;" to pinconf.h
This allows one to include pinconf.h without having to include other
headers first.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
2012-01-03 09:10:07 +01:00
Linus Walleij
23750196ef pinctrl: add a group-specific hog macro
To create elegant tables for pinmux hogs on the PXA MMP platform,
we need this hog macro that can specify both function and group in
one go.

Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Haojian Zhuang <haojian.zhuang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
2012-01-03 09:10:06 +01:00
Stephen Warren
51cd24ee62 pinctrl: don't create a device for each pin controller
Pin controllers should already be instantiated as a device, so there's
no need for the pinctrl core to create a new struct device for each
controller.

This allows the controller's real name to be used in the mux mapping
table, rather than e.g. "pinctrl.0", "pinctrl.1", etc.

This necessitates removal of the PINMUX_MAP_PRIMARY*() macros, since
their sole purpose was to hard-code the .ctrl_dev_name field to be
"pinctrl.0".

Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
2012-01-03 09:10:06 +01:00
Stephen Warren
1ddb6ff03c pinctrl: implement PINMUX_MAP_SYS_HOG
This is the same as PINMUX_MAP_PRIMARY_SYS_HOG, except that it allows
you to specify a particular control device.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
2012-01-03 09:10:05 +01:00
Linus Walleij
ae6b4d8588 pinctrl: add a pin config interface
This add per-pin and per-group pin config interfaces for biasing,
driving and other such electronic properties. The details of passed
configurations are passed in an opaque unsigned long which may be
dereferences to integer types, structs or lists on either side
of the configuration interface.

ChangeLog v1->v2:
- Clear split of terminology: we now have pin controllers, and
  those may support two interfaces using vtables: pin
  multiplexing and pin configuration.
- Break out pin configuration to its own C file, controllers may
  implement only config without mux, and vice versa, so keep each
  sub-functionality of pin controllers separate. Introduce
  CONFIG_PINCONF in Kconfig.
- Implement some core logic around pin configuration in the
  pinconf.c file.
- Remove UNKNOWN config states, these were just surplus baggage.
- Remove FLOAT config state - HIGH_IMPEDANCE should be enough for
  everyone.
- PIN_CONFIG_POWER_SOURCE added to handle switching the power
  supply for the pin logic between different sources
- Explicit DISABLE config enums to turn schmitt-trigger,
  wakeup etc OFF.
- Update documentation to reflect all the recent reasoning.
ChangeLog v2->v3:
- Twist API around to pass around arrays of config tuples instead
  of (param, value) pairs everywhere.
- Explicit drive strength semantics for push/pull and similar
  drive modes, this shall be the number of drive stages vs
  nominal load impedance, which should match the actual
  electronics used in push/pull CMOS or TTY totempoles.
- Drop load capacitance configuration - I probably don't know
  what I'm doing here so leave it out.
- Drop PIN_CONFIG_INPUT_SCHMITT_OFF, instead the argument zero to
  PIN_CONFIG_INPUT_SCHMITT turns schmitt trigger off.
- Drop PIN_CONFIG_NORMAL_POWER_MODE and have a well defined
  argument to PIN_CONFIG_LOW_POWER_MODE to get out of it instead.
- Drop PIN_CONFIG_WAKEUP_ENABLE/DISABLE and just use
  PIN_CONFIG_WAKEUP with defined value zero to turn wakeup off.
- Add PIN_CONFIG_INPUT_DEBOUNCE for configuring debounce time
  on input lines.
- Fix a bug when we tried to configure pins for pin controllers
  without pinconf support.
- Initialized debugfs properly so it works.
- Initialize the mutex properly and lock around config tampering
  sections.
- Check the return value from get_initial_config() properly.
ChangeLog v3->v4:
- Export the pin_config_get(), pin_config_set() and
  pin_config_group() functions.
- Drop the entire concept of just getting initial config and
  keeping track of pin states internally, instead ask the pins
  what state they are in. Previous idea was plain wrong, if the
  device cannot keep track of its state, the driver should do
  it.
- Drop the generic configuration layout, it seems this impose
  too much restriction on some pin controllers, so let them do
  things the way they want and split off support for generic
  config as an optional add-on.
ChangeLog v4->v5:
- Introduce two symmetric driver calls for group configuration,
  .pin_config_group_[get|set] and corresponding external calls.
- Remove generic semantic meanings of return values from config
  calls, these belong in the generic config patch. Just pass the
  return value through instead.
- Add a debugfs entry "pinconf-groups" to read status from group
  configuration only, also slam in a per-group debug callback in
  the pinconf_ops so custom drivers can display something
  meaningful for their pins.
- Fix some dangling newline.
- Drop dangling #else clause.
- Update documentation to match the above.
ChangeLog v5->v6:
- Change to using a pin name as parameter for the
  [get|set]_config() functions, as suggested by Stephen Warren.
  This is more natural as names will be what a developer has
  access to in written documentation etc.
ChangeLog v6->v7:
- Refactor out by-pin and by-name get/set functions, only expose
  the by-name functions externally, expose the by-pin functions
  internally.
- Show supported pin control functionality in the debugfs
  pinctrl-devices file.

Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
2012-01-03 09:10:04 +01:00
Linus Walleij
97607d157c pinctrl: make a copy of pinmux map
This makes a deep copy of the pinmux function map instead of
keeping the copy supplied from the platform around. This makes
it possible to tag the platforms map with __initdata as is also
done as part of this patch.

Rationale: a certain target platform (PXA) has numerous
pinmux maps, many of which will be lying around unused after
boot in a multi-platform binary. Instead, deep-copy the one
we're going to use and tag them all __initdata so they go away
after boot.

ChangeLog v1->v2:
- Fixup the deep copy, missed a few items on the struct,
  plus mark bool member non-const since we're making runtime
  copies if this stuff now.
ChangeLog v2->v3:
- Make a shallow copy (just copy the array of map structs)
  as Arnd noticed, string constants never get discarded by the
  kernel anyway, so these pointers may be safely copied over.

Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd.bergmann@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
2012-01-03 09:10:02 +01:00
Linus Walleij
542e704f3f pinctrl: GPIO direction support for muxing
When requesting a single GPIO pin to be muxed in, some controllers
will need to poke a different value into the control register
depending on whether the pin will be used for GPIO output or GPIO
input. So create pinmux counterparts to gpio_direction_[input|output]
in the pinctrl framework.

ChangeLog v1->v2:
- This also amends the documentation to make it clear the this
  function and associated machinery is *ONLY* intended as a backend
  to gpiolib machinery, not for everyone and his dog to start playing
  around with pins.
ChangeLog v2->v3:
- Don't pass an argument to the common request function, instead
  provide pinmux_* counterparts to the gpio_direction_[input|output]
  calls, simpler and anyone can understand it.
ChangeLog v3->v4:
- Fix numerous spelling mistakes and dangling text in documentation.
  Add Ack and Rewewed-by.

Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Abraham <thomas.abraham@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
2012-01-03 09:10:01 +01:00
Chanho Park
3c739ad0df pinctrl: add a pin_base for sparse gpio-ranges
This patch enables mapping a base offset of gpio ranges with
a pin offset even if does'nt matched. A base of pinctrl_gpio_range
means a base offset of gpio. However, we cannot convert gpio to pin
number for sparse gpio ranges just only using a gpio base offset.
We can convert a gpio to real pin number(even if not matched) using
a new pin_base which means a base pin offset of requested gpio range.
Now, the pin control subsystem passes the pin base offset to the
pinmux driver.

For example, let's assume below two gpio ranges in the system.

static struct pinctrl_gpio_range gpio_range_a = {
    .name = "chip a",
    .id = 0,
    .base = 32,
    .pin_base = 32,
    .npins = 16,
    .gc = &chip_a;
};

static struct pinctrl_gpio_range gpio_range_b = {
    .name = "chip b",
    .id = 0,
    .base = 48,
    .pin_base = 64,
    .npins = 8,
    .gc = &chip_b;
};

We can calucalate a exact pin ranges even if doesn't matched with gpio ranges.

chip a:
    gpio-range : [32 .. 47]
    pin-range  : [32 .. 47]
chip b:
    gpio-range : [48 .. 55]
    pin-range  : [64 .. 71]

Signed-off-by: Chanho Park <chanho61.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
2012-01-03 09:10:01 +01:00
Stephen Warren
3712a3c488 pinctrl: add explicit gpio_disable_free pinmux_op
Some pinctrl drivers (Tegra at least) program a pin to be a GPIO in a
completely different manner than they select which function to mux out of
that pin. In order to support a single "free" pinmux_op, the driver would
need to maintain a per-pin state of requested-for-gpio vs. requested-for-
function. However, that's a lot of work when the core already has explicit
separate paths for gpio request/free and function request/free.

So, add a gpio_disable_free op to struct pinmux_ops, and make pin_free()
call it when appropriate.

When doing this, I noticed that when calling pin_request():

    !!gpio == (gpio_range != NULL)

... and so I collapsed those two parameters in both pin_request(), and
when adding writing the new code in pin_free().

Also, for pin_free():

    !!free_func == (gpio_range != NULL)

However, I didn't want pin_free() to know about the GPIO function naming
special case, so instead, I reworked pin_free() to always return the pin's
previously requested function, and now pinmux_free_gpio() calls
kfree(function). This is much more balanced with the allocation having
been performed in pinmux_request_gpio().

Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
2012-01-03 09:09:59 +01:00
Andre Guedes
59e294065d Bluetooth: Rename extfeatures
This patch renames hdev->extfeatures to hdev->host_features since it
holds the extended features Page 1 (aka host features).

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <aguedespe@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2012-01-02 22:21:05 -02:00
David S. Miller
455ffa607f Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net 2012-01-02 18:56:49 -05:00
MyungJoo Ham
935a521066 regulator: add regulator_force_disable() definition for !CONFIG_REGULATOR
regulator_force_disable() was omitted in consumer.h for
!CONFIG_REGULATOR case.

Signed-off-by: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
2012-01-02 11:36:40 +00:00
Vinod Koul
de21eee960 ALSA: export compress headers
Export compress_offload.h and compress_params.h for userland to use

Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
2011-12-31 17:53:52 +01:00
Julian Anastasov
52793dbe3d ipvs: try also real server with port 0 in backup server
We should not forget to try for real server with port 0
in the backup server when processing the sync message. We should
do it in all cases because the backup server can use different
forwarding method.

Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-31 16:06:29 +01:00
Mauro Carvalho Chehab
8de8594a79 [media] dvb-core: be sure that drivers won't use DVBv3 internally
Now that all frontends are implementing DVBv5, don't export the
DVBv3 specific stuff to the drivers. Only the core should be
aware of that, as it will keep providing DVBv3 backward compatibility.

Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-12-31 10:23:01 -02:00
Jianchun Bian
36a281e252 Input: add driver for pixcir i2c touchscreens
This patch adds a driver for PIXCIR's I2C connected touchscreens.

Signed-off-by: Jianchun <jcbian@pixcir.com.cn>
Acked-by: Henrik Rydberg <rydberg@euromail.se>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
2011-12-30 15:25:52 -08:00
Josh Hunt
32b293a53d IPv6: Avoid taking write lock for /proc/net/ipv6_route
During some debugging I needed to look into how /proc/net/ipv6_route
operated and in my digging I found its calling fib6_clean_all() which uses
"write_lock_bh(&table->tb6_lock)" before doing the walk of the table. I
found this on 2.6.32, but reading the code I believe the same basic idea
exists currently. Looking at the rtnetlink code they are only calling
"read_lock_bh(&table->tb6_lock);" via fib6_dump_table(). While I realize
reading from proc isn't the recommended way of fetching the ipv6 route
table; taking a write lock seems unnecessary and would probably cause
network performance issues.

To verify this I loaded up the ipv6 route table and then ran iperf in 3
cases:
  * doing nothing
  * reading ipv6 route table via proc
    (while :; do cat /proc/net/ipv6_route > /dev/null; done)
  * reading ipv6 route table via rtnetlink
    (while :; do ip -6 route show table all > /dev/null; done)

* Load the ipv6 route table up with:
  * for ((i = 0;i < 4000;i++)); do ip route add unreachable 2000::$i; done

* iperf commands:
  * client: iperf -i 1 -V -c <ipv6 addr>
  * server: iperf -V -s

* iperf results - 3 runs each (in Mbits/sec)
  * nothing: client: 927,927,927 server: 927,927,927
  * proc: client: 179,97,96,113 server: 142,112,133
  * iproute: client: 928,927,928 server: 927,927,927

lock_stat shows taking the write lock is causing the slowdown. Using this
info I decided to write a version of fib6_clean_all() which replaces
write_lock_bh(&table->tb6_lock) with read_lock_bh(&table->tb6_lock). With
this new function I see the same results as with my rtnetlink iperf test.

Signed-off-by: Josh Hunt <joshhunt00@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-30 17:07:33 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov
c9da99e647 unix_diag: Fixup RQLEN extension report
While it's not too late fix the recently added RQLEN diag extension
to report rqlen and wqlen in the same way as TCP does.

I.e. for listening sockets the ack backlog length (which is the input
queue length for socket) in rqlen and the max ack backlog length in
wqlen, and what the CINQ/OUTQ ioctls do for established.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-30 16:46:02 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov
885ee74d5d af_unix: Move CINQ/COUTQ code to helpers
Currently tcp diag reports rqlen and wqlen values similar to how
the CINQ/COUTQ iotcls do. To make unix diag report these values
in the same way move the respective code into helpers.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-30 16:45:45 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov
257b529876 unix_diag: Add the MEMINFO extension
[ Fix indentation of sock_diag*() calls. -DaveM ]

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-30 16:44:24 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov
c0636faa53 inet_diag: Add the SKMEMINFO extension
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-30 16:42:19 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov
5d2e5f274f sock_diag: Introduce the meminfo nla core (v2)
Add a routine that dumps memory-related values of a socket.
It's made as an array to make it possible to add more stuff
here later without breaking compatibility.

Since v1: The SK_MEMINFO_ constants are in userspace
visible part of sock_diag.h, the rest is under __KERNEL__.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-30 16:42:19 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov
288461e154 unix_diag: Include unix_diag.h into header-y target
The headers check complains it should include the linux/types.h
withing, thus add this one.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-30 16:42:19 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov
e6fe2371bd sock_diag: Arrange sock_diag.h such that it is exportable to userspace
Properly toss existing components around the ifdef __KERNEL__
and include the header into the header-y target.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-30 16:42:18 -05:00
David S. Miller
7f8e3234c5 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net 2011-12-30 13:04:14 -05:00
Sylwester Nawrocki
cc1d327232 [media] v4l: Add new alpha component control
The V4L2_CID_ALPHA_COMPONENT control is intended for the video capture
or memory-to-memory devices that are capable of setting up the per-pixel
alpha component to some arbitrary value. It allows to set the alpha
component for all pixels to an arbitrary value.

Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-12-30 14:05:08 -02:00
Mauro Carvalho Chehab
b4d48c942c Merge tag 'v3.2-rc7' into staging/for_v3.3
Linux 3.2-rc7

* tag 'v3.2-rc7': (1304 commits)
  Linux 3.2-rc7
  netfilter: xt_connbytes: handle negation correctly
  Btrfs: call d_instantiate after all ops are setup
  Btrfs: fix worker lock misuse in find_worker
  net: relax rcvbuf limits
  rps: fix insufficient bounds checking in store_rps_dev_flow_table_cnt()
  net: introduce DST_NOPEER dst flag
  mqprio: Avoid panic if no options are provided
  bridge: provide a mtu() method for fake_dst_ops
  md/bitmap: It is OK to clear bits during recovery.
  md: don't give up looking for spares on first failure-to-add
  md/raid5: ensure correct assessment of drives during degraded reshape.
  md/linear: fix hot-add of devices to linear arrays.
  sparc64: Fix MSIQ HV call ordering in pci_sun4v_msiq_build_irq().
  pata_of_platform: Add missing CONFIG_OF_IRQ dependency.
  ipv4: using prefetch requires including prefetch.h
  VFS: Fix race between CPU hotplug and lglocks
  vfs: __read_cache_page should use gfp argument rather than GFP_KERNEL
  USB: Fix usb/isp1760 build on sparc
  net: Add a flow_cache_flush_deferred function
  ...

Conflicts:
	drivers/media/common/tuners/tda18218.c
	drivers/media/video/omap3isp/ispccdc.c
	drivers/staging/media/as102/as102_drv.h
2011-12-30 13:59:37 -02:00
Andreas Schwab
34845636a1 procfs: do not confuse jiffies with cputime64_t
Commit 2a95ea6c0d ("procfs: do not overflow get_{idle,iowait}_time
for nohz") did not take into account that one some architectures jiffies
and cputime use different units.

This causes get_idle_time() to return numbers in the wrong units, making
the idle time fields in /proc/stat wrong.

Instead of converting the usec value returned by
get_cpu_{idle,iowait}_time_us to units of jiffies, use the new function
usecs_to_cputime64 to convert it to the correct unit of cputime64_t.

Signed-off-by: Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: "Artem S. Tashkinov" <t.artem@mailcity.com>
Cc: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: "Luck, Tony" <tony.luck@intel.com>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-12-29 16:31:57 -08:00
Seung-Woo Kim
d84083268b drm/exynos: added hdmi display support
This patch is hdmi display support for exynos drm driver.

There is already v4l2 based exynos hdmi driver in drivers/media/video/s5p-tv
and some low level code is already in s5p-tv and even headers for register
define are almost same. but in this patch, we decide not to consider separated
common code with s5p-tv.

Exynos HDMI is composed of 5 blocks, mixer, vp, hdmi, hdmiphy and ddc.

1. mixer. The piece of hardware responsible for mixing and blending multiple
data inputs before passing it to an output device.  The mixer is capable of
handling up to three image layers. One is the output of VP.  Other two are
images in RGB format.  The blending factor, and layers' priority are controlled
by mixer's registers. The output is passed to HDMI.

2. vp (video processor). It is used for processing of NV12/NV21 data.  An image
stored in RAM is accessed by DMA. The output in YCbCr444 format is send to
mixer.

3. hdmi. The piece of HW responsible for generation of HDMI packets. It takes
pixel data from mixer and transforms it into data frames. The output is send
to HDMIPHY interface.

4. hdmiphy. Physical interface for HDMI. Its duties are sending HDMI packets to
HDMI connector. Basically, it contains a PLL that produces source clock for
mixer, vp and hdmi.

5. ddc (display data channel). It is dedicated i2c channel to exchange display
information as edid with display monitor.

With plane support, exynos hdmi driver fully supports two mixer layes and vp
layer. Also vp layer supports multi buffer plane pixel formats having non
contigus memory spaces.

In exynos drm driver, common drm_hdmi driver to interface with drm framework
has opertion pointers for mixer and hdmi. this drm_hdmi driver is registered as
sub driver of exynos_drm. hdmi has hdmiphy and ddc i2c clients and controls
them. mixer controls all overlay layers in both mixer and vp.

Vblank interrupts for hdmi are handled by mixer internally because drm
framework cannot support multiple irq id. And pipe number is used to check
which display device irq happens.

History
v2: this version
 - drm plane feature support to handle overlay layers.
 - multi buffer plane pixel format support for vp layer.
 - vp layer support

RFCv1: original
 - at https://lkml.org/lkml/2011/11/4/164

Signed-off-by: Seung-Woo Kim <sw0312.kim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Inki Dae <inki.dae@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Joonyoung Shim <jy0922.shim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
2011-12-29 11:21:42 +09:00
Seung-Woo Kim
83052d4d5c drm: Add multi buffer plane pixel formats
Multi buffer plane pixel format has seperated memory spaces for each
plane. For example, NV12M has Y plane and CbCr plane and these are in
non contiguous memory region. Compared with NV12, NV12M's memory shape
is like following.
NV12  : ______(Y)(CbCr)_______
NV12M : __(Y)_ ..... _(CbCr)__

Signed-off-by: Seung-Woo Kim <sw0312.kim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Inki Dae <inki.dae@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
2011-12-29 11:21:42 +09:00
David S. Miller
d191854282 ipv6: Kill rt6i_dev and rt6i_expires defines.
It just obscures that the netdevice pointer and the expires value are
implemented in the dst_entry sub-object of the ipv6 route.

And it makes grepping for dst_entry member uses much harder too.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-28 20:19:20 -05:00
Yongqiang Yang
1ba37268cd jbd2: clear revoked flag on buffers before a new transaction started
Currently, we clear revoked flag only when a block is reused.  However,
this can tigger a false journal error.  Consider a situation when a block
is used as a meta block and is deleted(revoked) in ordered mode, then the
block is allocated as a data block to a file.  At this moment, user changes
the file's journal mode from ordered to journaled and truncates the file.
The block will be considered re-revoked by journal because it has revoked
flag still pending from the last transaction and an assertion triggers.

We fix the problem by keeping the revoked status more uptodate - we clear
revoked flag when switching revoke tables to reflect there is no revoked
buffers in current transaction any more.

Signed-off-by: Yongqiang Yang <xiaoqiangnk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
2011-12-28 17:46:46 -05:00
David S. Miller
f83c7790dc ipv6: Create fast inline ipv6 neigh lookup just like ipv4.
Also, create and use an rt6_bind_neighbour() in net/ipv6/route.c to
consolidate some common logic.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-28 15:41:23 -05:00
David S. Miller
2c2aba6c56 ipv6: Use universal hash for NDISC.
In order to perform a proper universal hash on a vector of integers,
we have to use different universal hashes on each vector element.

Which means we need 4 different hash randoms for ipv6.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-28 15:06:58 -05:00
Rob Herring
3ecdd05152 dt: add empty of_get_node/of_put_node functions
Add empty of_get_node/of_put_node functions for !CONFIG_OF builds.

Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Acked-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
2011-12-28 08:24:33 -06:00
Richard Zhao
42c5d52f2b clk: add helper functions clk_prepare_enable and clk_disable_unprepare
It's for migrating to generic clk framework API.

The helper functions  help cases clk_enable/clk_disable is used
in non-atomic context.
For example, Call clk_enable in probe and clk_disable in remove.

Signed-off-by: Richard Zhao <richard.zhao@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Cc: Russell King <linux@arm.linux.org.uk>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
2011-12-28 21:25:35 +08:00
Heiko Stübner
5245db49d4 Input: add driver for AUO In-Cell touchscreens using pixcir ICs
Some displays from AUO have a so called in-cell touchscreen, meaning it
is built directly into the display unit.

Touchdata is gathered through PIXCIR Tango-ICs and processed in an
Atmel ATmega168P with custom firmware. Communication between the host
system and ATmega is done via I2C.

Devices using this touch solution include the Dell Streak5 and the family
of Qisda ebook readers.

The driver reports single- and multi-touch events including touch area
values.

Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
2011-12-27 21:22:18 -08:00
Arnd Bergmann
bd4b9ba4cf Merge branch 'samsung/cleanup' into next/drivers
Dependency for the samsung/drivers branch

Conflicts:
	arch/arm/mach-exynos/Makefile

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
2011-12-28 00:18:10 +00:00
Arnd Bergmann
4551ae0a24 Merge branch 'v3.2-rc6' into next/drivers 2011-12-27 23:41:33 +00:00
Arnd Bergmann
07b98403ee Merge branch 'omap/hwmod' into next/drivers
This is needed as a dependency for omap/ehci.

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
2011-12-27 22:05:06 +00:00
Rafael J. Wysocki
9ec23949a2 Merge branch 'pm-freezer' into pm-for-linus
* pm-freezer:
  PM / Freezer: fix return value of freezable_schedule_timeout_killable()
2011-12-27 22:53:53 +01:00
Jan Engelhardt
a4c6f9d363 netfilter: xtables: give xt_ecn its own name
Use the new macro and struct names in xt_ecn.h, and put the old
definitions into a definition-forwarding ipt_ecn.h.

Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-27 20:31:38 +01:00
Jan Engelhardt
d446a8202c netfilter: xtables: move ipt_ecn to xt_ecn
Prepare the ECN match for augmentation by an IPv6 counterpart. Since
no symbol dependencies to ipv6.ko are added, having a single ecn match
module is the more so welcome.

Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-27 20:31:31 +01:00
Dong Aisheng
8af0da93da dt: reform for_each_property to for_each_property_of_node
Make this macro easier to use(do not need to pass properties, a node is
enough), also change to a more sensible name as for_each_child_of_node.

Signed-off-by: Dong Aisheng <dong.aisheng@linaro.org>
Cc: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
2011-12-27 10:57:37 -06:00
Uwe Kleine-König
7b482c8360 ARM/of: allow *machine_desc.dt_compat to be const
This allows dt_compat to point to a constant list of compatible strings.

Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
2011-12-27 10:57:13 -06:00
Alexander Graf
98362dec83 KVM: Fix whitespace in kvm_para.h
When syncing KVM headers with QEMU I (or whoever applies the
diff) end up automatically fixing whitespaces. One of them
is in kvm_para.h.

It's a lot more consistent for people who don't do the whitespace
fixups automatically to already have fixed headers in Linux. So
remove the sparse empty line at the end of kvm_para.h and everyone's
happy.

Reported-by: Blue Swirl <blauwirbel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
2011-12-27 11:26:41 +02:00
Gleb Natapov
f5132b0138 KVM: Expose a version 2 architectural PMU to a guests
Use perf_events to emulate an architectural PMU, version 2.

Based on PMU version 1 emulation by Avi Kivity.

[avi: adjust for cpuid.c]
[jan: fix anonymous field initialization for older gcc]

Signed-off-by: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
2011-12-27 11:24:29 +02:00
Gleb Natapov
d546cb406e KVM: drop bsp_vcpu pointer from kvm struct
Drop bsp_vcpu pointer from kvm struct since its only use is incorrect
anyway.

Signed-off-by: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
2011-12-27 11:22:32 +02:00
Avi Kivity
9e31905f29 Merge remote-tracking branch 'tip/perf/core' into kvm-updates/3.3
* tip/perf/core: (66 commits)
  perf, x86: Expose perf capability to other modules
  perf, x86: Implement arch event mask as quirk
  x86, perf: Disable non available architectural events
  jump_label: Provide jump_label_key initializers
  jump_label, x86: Fix section mismatch
  perf, core: Rate limit perf_sched_events jump_label patching
  perf: Fix enable_on_exec for sibling events
  perf: Remove superfluous arguments
  perf, x86: Prefer fixed-purpose counters when scheduling
  perf, x86: Fix event scheduler for constraints with overlapping counters
  perf, x86: Implement event scheduler helper functions
  perf: Avoid a useless pmu_disable() in the perf-tick
  x86/tools: Add decoded instruction dump mode
  x86: Update instruction decoder to support new AVX formats
  x86/tools: Fix insn_sanity message outputs
  x86/tools: Fix instruction decoder message output
  x86: Fix instruction decoder to handle grouped AVX instructions
  x86/tools: Fix Makefile to build all test tools
  perf test: Soft errors shouldn't stop the "Validate PERF_RECORD_" test
  perf test: Validate PERF_RECORD_ events and perf_sample fields
  ...

Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>

* commit 'b3d9468a8bd218a695e3a0ff112cd4efd27b670a': (66 commits)
  perf, x86: Expose perf capability to other modules
  perf, x86: Implement arch event mask as quirk
  x86, perf: Disable non available architectural events
  jump_label: Provide jump_label_key initializers
  jump_label, x86: Fix section mismatch
  perf, core: Rate limit perf_sched_events jump_label patching
  perf: Fix enable_on_exec for sibling events
  perf: Remove superfluous arguments
  perf, x86: Prefer fixed-purpose counters when scheduling
  perf, x86: Fix event scheduler for constraints with overlapping counters
  perf, x86: Implement event scheduler helper functions
  perf: Avoid a useless pmu_disable() in the perf-tick
  x86/tools: Add decoded instruction dump mode
  x86: Update instruction decoder to support new AVX formats
  x86/tools: Fix insn_sanity message outputs
  x86/tools: Fix instruction decoder message output
  x86: Fix instruction decoder to handle grouped AVX instructions
  x86/tools: Fix Makefile to build all test tools
  perf test: Soft errors shouldn't stop the "Validate PERF_RECORD_" test
  perf test: Validate PERF_RECORD_ events and perf_sample fields
  ...
2011-12-27 11:22:24 +02:00
Xiao Guangrong
f85e2cb5db KVM: introduce a table to map slot id to index in memslots array
The operation of getting dirty log is frequent when framebuffer-based
displays are used(for example, Xwindow), so, we introduce a mapping table
to speed up id_to_memslot()

Signed-off-by: Xiao Guangrong <xiaoguangrong@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
2011-12-27 11:17:42 +02:00
Xiao Guangrong
bf3e05bc1e KVM: sort memslots by its size and use line search
Sort memslots base on its size and use line search to find it, so that the
larger memslots have better fit

The idea is from Avi

Signed-off-by: Xiao Guangrong <xiaoguangrong@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
2011-12-27 11:17:40 +02:00
Xiao Guangrong
28a37544fb KVM: introduce id_to_memslot function
Introduce id_to_memslot to get memslot by slot id

Signed-off-by: Xiao Guangrong <xiaoguangrong@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
2011-12-27 11:17:39 +02:00
Xiao Guangrong
be6ba0f096 KVM: introduce kvm_for_each_memslot macro
Introduce kvm_for_each_memslot to walk all valid memslot

Signed-off-by: Xiao Guangrong <xiaoguangrong@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
2011-12-27 11:17:37 +02:00
Xiao Guangrong
be593d6286 KVM: introduce update_memslots function
Introduce update_memslots to update slot which will be update to
kvm->memslots

Signed-off-by: Xiao Guangrong <xiaoguangrong@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
2011-12-27 11:17:35 +02:00
Xiao Guangrong
93a5cef07d KVM: introduce KVM_MEM_SLOTS_NUM macro
Introduce KVM_MEM_SLOTS_NUM macro to instead of
KVM_MEMORY_SLOTS + KVM_PRIVATE_MEM_SLOTS

Signed-off-by: Xiao Guangrong <xiaoguangrong@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
2011-12-27 11:17:34 +02:00
Takuya Yoshikawa
7850ac5420 KVM: Count the number of dirty pages for dirty logging
Needed for the next patch which uses this number to decide how to write
protect a slot.

Signed-off-by: Takuya Yoshikawa <yoshikawa.takuya@oss.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
2011-12-27 11:17:19 +02:00
Eric B Munson
b297e672e2 KVM: Fix include dependency for mmu_notifier
The kvm_host struct can include an mmu_notifier struct but mmu_notifier.h is
not included directly.

Signed-off-by: Eric B Munson <emunson@mgebm.net>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
2011-12-27 11:17:04 +02:00
Nadav Har'El
d6185f20a0 KVM: nVMX: Add KVM_REQ_IMMEDIATE_EXIT
This patch adds a new vcpu->requests bit, KVM_REQ_IMMEDIATE_EXIT.
This bit requests that when next entering the guest, we should run it only
for as little as possible, and exit again.

We use this new option in nested VMX: When L1 launches L2, but L0 wishes L1
to continue running so it can inject an event to it, we unfortunately cannot
just pretend to have run L2 for a little while - We must really launch L2,
otherwise certain one-off vmcs12 parameters (namely, L1 injection into L2)
will be lost. So the existing code runs L2 in this case.
But L2 could potentially run for a long time until it exits, and the
injection into L1 will be delayed. The new KVM_REQ_IMMEDIATE_EXIT allows us
to request that L2 will be entered, as necessary, but will exit as soon as
possible after entry.

Our implementation of this request uses smp_send_reschedule() to send a
self-IPI, with interrupts disabled. The interrupts remain disabled until the
guest is entered, and then, after the entry is complete (often including
processing an injection and jumping to the relevant handler), the physical
interrupt is noticed and causes an exit.

On recent Intel processors, we could have achieved the same goal by using
MTF instead of a self-IPI. Another technique worth considering in the future
is to use VM_EXIT_ACK_INTR_ON_EXIT and a highest-priority vector IPI - to
slightly improve performance by avoiding the useless interrupt handler
which ends up being called when smp_send_reschedule() is used.

Signed-off-by: Nadav Har'El <nyh@il.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
2011-12-27 11:16:43 +02:00
Jeff Layton
b3b73ec0d7 PM / Freezer: fix return value of freezable_schedule_timeout_killable()
...it should return the return code from schedule_timeout_killable(),
not the one from freezer_count().

All of the current callers ignore the return code so the bug is
harmless but it's worth fixing.

Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
2011-12-27 01:06:33 +01:00
Jan Kiszka
4d25a066b6 KVM: Don't automatically expose the TSC deadline timer in cpuid
Unlike all of the other cpuid bits, the TSC deadline timer bit is set
unconditionally, regardless of what userspace wants.

This is broken in several ways:
 - if userspace doesn't use KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP, and doesn't emulate the TSC
   deadline timer feature, a guest that uses the feature will break
 - live migration to older host kernels that don't support the TSC deadline
   timer will cause the feature to be pulled from under the guest's feet;
   breaking it
 - guests that are broken wrt the feature will fail.

Fix by not enabling the feature automatically; instead report it to userspace.
Because the feature depends on KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP, which we cannot guarantee
will be called, we expose it via a KVM_CAP_TSC_DEADLINE_TIMER and not
KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_CPUID.

Fixes the Illumos guest kernel, which uses the TSC deadline timer feature.

[avi: add the KVM_CAP + documentation]

Reported-by: Alexey Zaytsev <alexey.zaytsev@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Alexey Zaytsev <alexey.zaytsev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
2011-12-26 13:27:44 +02:00
Rafael J. Wysocki
6d10463b2f Merge branch 'pm-domains' into pm-for-linus
* pm-domains:
  PM / shmobile: Allow the A4R domain to be turned off at run time
  PM / input / touchscreen: Make st1232 use device PM QoS constraints
  PM / QoS: Introduce dev_pm_qos_add_ancestor_request()
  PM / shmobile: Remove the stay_on flag from SH7372's PM domains
  PM / shmobile: Don't include SH7372's INTCS in syscore suspend/resume
  PM / shmobile: Add support for the sh7372 A4S power domain / sleep mode
  ARM: S3C64XX: Implement basic power domain support
  PM / shmobile: Use common always on power domain governor
  PM / Domains: Provide an always on power domain governor
  PM / Domains: Fix default system suspend/resume operations
  PM / Domains: Make it possible to assign names to generic PM domains
  PM / Domains: fix compilation failure for CONFIG_PM_GENERIC_DOMAINS unset
  PM / Domains: Automatically update overoptimistic latency information
  PM / Domains: Add default power off governor function (v4)
  PM / Domains: Add device stop governor function (v4)
  PM / Domains: Rework system suspend callback routines (v2)
  PM / Domains: Introduce "save/restore state" device callbacks
  PM / Domains: Make it possible to use per-device domain callbacks
2011-12-25 23:43:11 +01:00
Rafael J. Wysocki
0015afaa1f Merge branch 'pm-runtime' into pm-for-linus
* pm-runtime:
  PM / Runtime: Use device PM QoS constraints (v2)
2011-12-25 23:43:05 +01:00
Rafael J. Wysocki
b7ba68c4a0 Merge branch 'pm-sleep' into pm-for-linus
* pm-sleep: (51 commits)
  PM: Drop generic_subsys_pm_ops
  PM / Sleep: Remove forward-only callbacks from AMBA bus type
  PM / Sleep: Remove forward-only callbacks from platform bus type
  PM: Run the driver callback directly if the subsystem one is not there
  PM / Sleep: Make pm_op() and pm_noirq_op() return callback pointers
  PM / Sleep: Merge internal functions in generic_ops.c
  PM / Sleep: Simplify generic system suspend callbacks
  PM / Hibernate: Remove deprecated hibernation snapshot ioctls
  PM / Sleep: Fix freezer failures due to racy usermodehelper_is_disabled()
  PM / Sleep: Recommend [un]lock_system_sleep() over using pm_mutex directly
  PM / Sleep: Replace mutex_[un]lock(&pm_mutex) with [un]lock_system_sleep()
  PM / Sleep: Make [un]lock_system_sleep() generic
  PM / Sleep: Use the freezer_count() functions in [un]lock_system_sleep() APIs
  PM / Freezer: Remove the "userspace only" constraint from freezer[_do_not]_count()
  PM / Hibernate: Replace unintuitive 'if' condition in kernel/power/user.c with 'else'
  Freezer / sunrpc / NFS: don't allow TASK_KILLABLE sleeps to block the freezer
  PM / Sleep: Unify diagnostic messages from device suspend/resume
  ACPI / PM: Do not save/restore NVS on Asus K54C/K54HR
  PM / Hibernate: Remove deprecated hibernation test modes
  PM / Hibernate: Thaw processes in SNAPSHOT_CREATE_IMAGE ioctl test path
  ...

Conflicts:
	kernel/kmod.c
2011-12-25 23:42:20 +01:00
Rafael J. Wysocki
40a5f8be2f PM / QoS: Introduce dev_pm_qos_add_ancestor_request()
Some devices, like the I2C controller on SH7372, are not
necessary for providing power to their children or forwarding
wakeup signals (and generally interrupts) from them.  They are
only needed by their children when there's some data to transfer,
so they may be suspended for the majority of time and resumed
on demand, when the children have data to send or receive.  For this
purpose, however, their power.ignore_children flags have to be set,
or the PM core wouldn't allow them to be suspended while their
children were active.

Unfortunately, in some situations it may take too much time to
resume such devices so that they can assist their children in
transferring data.  For example, if such a device belongs to a PM
domain which goes to the "power off" state when that device is
suspended, it may take too much time to restore power to the
domain in response to the request from one of the device's
children.  In that case, if the parent's resume time is critical,
the domain should stay in the "power on" state, although it still may
be desirable to power manage the parent itself (e.g. by manipulating
its clock).

In general, device PM QoS may be used to address this problem.
Namely, if the device's children added PM QoS latency constraints
for it, they would be able to prevent it from being put into an
overly deep low-power state.  However, in some cases the devices
needing to be serviced are not the immediate children of a
"children-ignoring" device, but its grandchildren or even less
direct descendants.  In those cases, the entity wanting to add a
PM QoS request for a given device's ancestor that ignores its
children will have to find it in the first place, so introduce a new
helper function that may be used to achieve that.  This function,
dev_pm_qos_add_ancestor_request(), will search for the first
ancestor of the given device whose power.ignore_children flag is
set and will add a device PM QoS latency request for that ancestor
on behalf of the caller.  The request added this way may be removed
with the help of dev_pm_qos_remove_request() in the future, like
any other device PM QoS latency request.

Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
2011-12-25 23:39:41 +01:00
Rafael J. Wysocki
0f966d74cf PM / shmobile: Don't include SH7372's INTCS in syscore suspend/resume
Since the SH7372's INTCS in included into syscore suspend/resume,
which causes the chip to be accessed when PM domains have been
turned off during system suspend, the A4R domain containing the
INTCS has to stay on during system sleep, which is suboptimal
from the power consumption point of view.

For this reason, add a new INTC flag, skip_syscore_suspend, to mark
the INTCS for intc_suspend() and intc_resume(), so that they don't
touch it.  This allows the A4R domain to be turned off during
system suspend and the INTCS state is resrored during system
resume by the A4R's "power on" code.

Suggested-by: Magnus Damm <damm@opensource.se>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Acked-by: Magnus Damm <damm@opensource.se>
2011-12-25 23:39:11 +01:00
Jens Axboe
f748040bb8 Merge branch 'stable/for-jens-3.3' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/konrad/xen into for-3.3/drivers 2011-12-25 16:46:46 +01:00
David S. Miller
c5e1fd8cca Merge branch 'nf-next' of git://1984.lsi.us.es/net-next 2011-12-25 02:21:45 -05:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso
ceb98d03ea netfilter: xtables: add nfacct match to support extended accounting
This patch adds the match that allows to perform extended
accounting. It requires the new nfnetlink_acct infrastructure.

 # iptables -I INPUT -p tcp --sport 80 -m nfacct --nfacct-name http-traffic
 # iptables -I OUTPUT -p tcp --dport 80 -m nfacct --nfacct-name http-traffic

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-25 02:43:17 +01:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso
9413902796 netfilter: add extended accounting infrastructure over nfnetlink
We currently have two ways to account traffic in netfilter:

- iptables chain and rule counters:

 # iptables -L -n -v
Chain INPUT (policy DROP 3 packets, 867 bytes)
 pkts bytes target     prot opt in     out     source               destination
    8  1104 ACCEPT     all  --  lo     *       0.0.0.0/0            0.0.0.0/0

- use flow-based accounting provided by ctnetlink:

 # conntrack -L
tcp      6 431999 ESTABLISHED src=192.168.1.130 dst=212.106.219.168 sport=58152 dport=80 packets=47 bytes=7654 src=212.106.219.168 dst=192.168.1.130 sport=80 dport=58152 packets=49 bytes=66340 [ASSURED] mark=0 use=1

While trying to display real-time accounting statistics, we require
to pool the kernel periodically to obtain this information. This is
OK if the number of flows is relatively low. However, in case that
the number of flows is huge, we can spend a considerable amount of
cycles to iterate over the list of flows that have been obtained.

Moreover, if we want to obtain the sum of the flow accounting results
that match some criteria, we have to iterate over the whole list of
existing flows, look for matchings and update the counters.

This patch adds the extended accounting infrastructure for
nfnetlink which aims to allow displaying real-time traffic accounting
without the need of complicated and resource-consuming implementation
in user-space. Basically, this new infrastructure allows you to create
accounting objects. One accounting object is composed of packet and
byte counters.

In order to manipulate create accounting objects, you require the
new libnetfilter_acct library. It contains several examples of use:

libnetfilter_acct/examples# ./nfacct-add http-traffic
libnetfilter_acct/examples# ./nfacct-get
http-traffic = { pkts = 000000000000,   bytes = 000000000000 };

Then, you can use one of this accounting objects in several iptables
rules using the new nfacct match (which comes in a follow-up patch):

 # iptables -I INPUT -p tcp --sport 80 -m nfacct --nfacct-name http-traffic
 # iptables -I OUTPUT -p tcp --dport 80 -m nfacct --nfacct-name http-traffic

The idea is simple: if one packet matches the rule, the nfacct match
updates the counters.

Thanks to Patrick McHardy, Eric Dumazet, Changli Gao for reviewing and
providing feedback for this contribution.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-25 02:43:03 +01:00
Eric Dumazet
60b778ce51 rfs: better sizing of dev_flow_table
Aim of this patch is to provide full range of rps_flow_cnt on 64bit arches.

Theorical limit on number of flows is 2^32

Fix some buggy RPS/RFS macros as well.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
CC: Xi Wang <xi.wang@gmail.com>
CC: Laurent Chavey <chavey@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-24 16:13:27 -05:00
Linus Torvalds
a22681fabb Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
  VFS: Fix race between CPU hotplug and lglocks
2011-12-23 21:47:28 -08:00
Linus Torvalds
6d451c578c for linus: writeback reason binary tracing format fix
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJO9EbVAAoJECvKgwp+S8JaUG0P/RDICTvG5b6/YD1wwh4cHBTF
 xu4av5o+Okablr282vLt1d9N4nLP6A4Jp2XOxNoLdyUVMtwRNCMjO62vcBetKmqU
 9GJTKh3H72/amqNrfvf9E0Fl3rOv2U71x7k4KTwKVdUvITXEL/U0Vsl8a9WVNUZ0
 mZERzf0vrOCSN6gEzh4iNzMuZpKRSnNNP4iUilkwcD9cXPk85hFCNZx/nyMhKtcF
 9XzhSJgg1wJAwmBc9bdhkEm7jKYvxmslb4nMdQHoQNDGpEjwRbS7jQ/iHuD2AhPH
 DFTQ8LOhxxaTOiDjHJav0z/FRw+q6ZYbrkbLVt2qTOxfMxvHJdlfu7vTglq4PK9n
 Bo02K9zZisCM76uCUTHcp1aMjzU9tsx9tYipBz8YXNPoEuhYn/1F3tbt7FkCGBck
 wwTCe/J0+IKHWiXSAkZMj5PiSeMwliMpF7INdkLExkinwNu719dS6pTZDs/o8CMD
 M/0/M8jYnWOmylYDAbhKyEzAAHbAm0YGuUG7IVGP0H5YJucfmRGJzQMNaBTUUsP7
 pXdFA02rUTodCrSHqXscmA0Lb9ypsFnmAYMbb+YF5UNOW9zcQ9b2J23wmna7prIv
 FNKVAgDEjWk/SpN0mG3zZk7ixUagkbo9DfalZCBZsveZPktq1KZor1KaOIFzkUuB
 DUdtr4+GjhfDqFWywZ9+
 =dOhj
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'writeback' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/wfg/linux

for linus: writeback reason binary tracing format fix

* tag 'writeback' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/wfg/linux:
  writeback: show writeback reason with __print_symbolic
2011-12-23 20:25:36 -08:00
Jamie Iles
c87fb57346 ARM: 7235/1: irqdomain: export irq_domain_simple_ops for !CONFIG_OF
irqdomain support is used in interrupt controller drivers that may not
have device tree support but only need the basic HW->Linux irq
translation.  Rather than having each of these implement their own IRQ
domain, allow them to use the simple ops.

Acked-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Rob Herring <robherring2@gmail.com>
Cc: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Signed-off-by: Jamie Iles <jamie@jamieiles.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
2011-12-23 22:33:58 +00:00
David S. Miller
abb434cb05 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	net/bluetooth/l2cap_core.c

Just two overlapping changes, one added an initialization of
a local variable, and another change added a new local variable.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-23 17:13:56 -05:00
Ian Campbell
9d4dde5215 net: only use a single page of slop in MAX_SKB_FRAGS
In order to accommodate a 64K buffer we need 64K/PAGE_SIZE plus one more page
in order to allow for a buffer which does not start on a page boundary.

Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-23 16:51:18 -05:00
Arun Sharma
1ac9bc6943 sched/tracing: Add a new tracepoint for sleeptime
If CONFIG_SCHEDSTATS is defined, the kernel maintains
information about how long the task was sleeping or
in the case of iowait, blocking in the kernel before
getting woken up.

This will be useful for sleep time profiling.

Note: this information is only provided for sched_fair.
Other scheduling classes may choose to provide this in
the future.

Note: the delay includes the time spent on the runqueue
as well.

Signed-off-by: Arun Sharma <asharma@fb.com>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@infradead.org>
Cc: Andrew Vagin <avagin@openvz.org>
Cc: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1324512940-32060-2-git-send-email-asharma@fb.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2011-12-23 17:56:17 +01:00
Huang Shijie
4e82786f70 mtd: fix compile error for gpmi-nand
The driver gpmi-nand should compile at least.  This patch adds the
missing gpmi-nand.h to fix the compile error below.

  CC      drivers/mtd/nand/gpmi-nand/gpmi-nand.o
  CC      drivers/mtd/nand/gpmi-nand/gpmi-lib.o
drivers/mtd/nand/gpmi-nand/gpmi-nand.c:25:33: fatal error: linux/mtd/gpmi-nand.h: No such file or directory
drivers/mtd/nand/gpmi-nand/gpmi-lib.c:21:33: fatal error: linux/mtd/gpmi-nand.h: No such file or directory

This header is grabbed from patch below, which has not been postponed
for merging.

  [PATCH v8 1/4] ARM: mxs: add GPMI-NAND support for imx23/imx28
  http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.linux.drivers.mtd/37338

Signed-off-by: Huang Shijie <b32955@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@linux.intel.com>
2011-12-23 21:33:15 +05:30
Shawn Guo
62268ce917 dmaengine: add DMA_TRANS_NONE to dma_transfer_direction
Before dma_transfer_direction was introduced to replace
dma_data_direction, some dmaengine device uses DMA_NONE of
dma_data_direction for some talk with its client drivers.
The mxs-dma and its clients mxs-mmc and gpmi-nand are such case.

This patch adds DMA_TRANS_NONE to dma_transfer_direction and
migrate the DMA_NONE use in mxs-dma to it.

It also fixes the compile warning below.

CC      drivers/dma/mxs-dma.o
drivers/dma/mxs-dma.c: In function ‘mxs_dma_prep_slave_sg’:
drivers/dma/mxs-dma.c:420:16: warning: comparison between ‘enum dma_transfer_direction’ and ‘enum dma_data_direction’

Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@linux.intel.com>
2011-12-23 21:33:15 +05:30
Patrick McHardy
b9e61f0dff netfilter: ctnetlink: remove dead NAT code
The NAT range to nlattr conversation callbacks and helpers are entirely
dead code and are also useless since there are no NAT ranges in conntrack
context, they are only used for initially selecting a tuple. The final NAT
information is contained in the selected tuples of the conntrack entry.

Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-23 14:36:46 +01:00
Patrick McHardy
d70308f78b netfilter: nat: remove module reference counting from NAT protocols
The only remaining user of NAT protocol module reference counting is NAT
ctnetlink support. Since this is a fairly short sequence of code, convert
over to use RCU and remove module reference counting.

Module unregistration is already protected by RCU using synchronize_rcu(),
so no further changes are necessary.

Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-23 14:36:45 +01:00
Patrick McHardy
cbc9f2f4fc netfilter: nf_nat: export NAT definitions to userspace
Export the NAT definitions to userspace. So far userspace (specifically,
iptables) has been copying the headers files from include/net. Also
rename some structures and definitions in preparation for IPv6 NAT.
Since these have never been officially exported, this doesn't affect
existing userspace code.

Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-23 14:36:43 +01:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso
3d058d7bc2 netfilter: rework user-space expectation helper support
This partially reworks bc01befdcf
which added userspace expectation support.

This patch removes the nf_ct_userspace_expect_list since now we
force to use the new iptables CT target feature to add the helper
extension for conntracks that have attached expectations from
userspace.

A new version of the proof-of-concept code to implement userspace
helpers from userspace is available at:

http://people.netfilter.org/pablo/userspace-conntrack-helpers/nf-ftp-helper-POC.tar.bz2

This patch also modifies the CT target to allow to set the
conntrack's userspace helper status flags. This flag is used
to tell the conntrack system to explicitly allocate the helper
extension.

This helper extension is useful to link the userspace expectations
with the master conntrack that is being tracked from one userspace
helper.

This feature fixes a problem in the current approach of the
userspace helper support. Basically, if the master conntrack that
has got a userspace expectation vanishes, the expectations point to
one invalid memory address. Thus, triggering an oops in the
expectation deletion event path.

I decided not to add a new revision of the CT target because
I only needed to add a new flag for it. I'll document in this
issue in the iptables manpage. I have also changed the return
value from EINVAL to EOPNOTSUPP if one flag not supported is
specified. Thus, in the future adding new features that only
require a new flag can be added without a new revision.

There is no official code using this in userspace (apart from
the proof-of-concept) that uses this infrastructure but there
will be some by beginning 2012.

Reported-by: Sam Roberts <vieuxtech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-23 14:36:39 +01:00
Vinod Koul
e60061a379 ALSA: core: add API header and driver header files
This patch adds the header files for ioctl definitions and header file for
driver APIs for lower level device drivers to use

Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre-Louis Bossart <pierre-louis.bossart@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
2011-12-23 10:08:11 +01:00
Vinod Koul
50c34cfe7b ALSA: core: add compress parameter definations
The patch adds the various definations used to define the encoder
and decoder parameters

Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre-Louis Bossart <pierre-louis.bossart@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
2011-12-23 10:07:58 +01:00
Omair Mohammed Abdullah
3eafc959b3 ALSA: core: add support for compressed devices
Use the minor numbers 2 and 3 for audio compressed offload devices.
Also add support for these devices in core

Signed-off-by: Omair Mohammed Abdullah <omair.m.abdullah@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre-Louis Bossart <pierre-louis.bossart@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
2011-12-23 10:07:46 +01:00
Eric Dumazet
0fd7bac6b6 net: relax rcvbuf limits
skb->truesize might be big even for a small packet.

Its even bigger after commit 87fb4b7b53 (net: more accurate skb
truesize) and big MTU.

We should allow queueing at least one packet per receiver, even with a
low RCVBUF setting.

Reported-by: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-23 02:15:14 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
e688a60480 net: introduce DST_NOPEER dst flag
Chris Boot reported crashes occurring in ipv6_select_ident().

[  461.457562] RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff812dde61>]  [<ffffffff812dde61>]
ipv6_select_ident+0x31/0xa7

[  461.578229] Call Trace:
[  461.580742] <IRQ>
[  461.582870]  [<ffffffff812efa7f>] ? udp6_ufo_fragment+0x124/0x1a2
[  461.589054]  [<ffffffff812dbfe0>] ? ipv6_gso_segment+0xc0/0x155
[  461.595140]  [<ffffffff812700c6>] ? skb_gso_segment+0x208/0x28b
[  461.601198]  [<ffffffffa03f236b>] ? ipv6_confirm+0x146/0x15e
[nf_conntrack_ipv6]
[  461.608786]  [<ffffffff81291c4d>] ? nf_iterate+0x41/0x77
[  461.614227]  [<ffffffff81271d64>] ? dev_hard_start_xmit+0x357/0x543
[  461.620659]  [<ffffffff81291cf6>] ? nf_hook_slow+0x73/0x111
[  461.626440]  [<ffffffffa0379745>] ? br_parse_ip_options+0x19a/0x19a
[bridge]
[  461.633581]  [<ffffffff812722ff>] ? dev_queue_xmit+0x3af/0x459
[  461.639577]  [<ffffffffa03747d2>] ? br_dev_queue_push_xmit+0x72/0x76
[bridge]
[  461.646887]  [<ffffffffa03791e3>] ? br_nf_post_routing+0x17d/0x18f
[bridge]
[  461.653997]  [<ffffffff81291c4d>] ? nf_iterate+0x41/0x77
[  461.659473]  [<ffffffffa0374760>] ? br_flood+0xfa/0xfa [bridge]
[  461.665485]  [<ffffffff81291cf6>] ? nf_hook_slow+0x73/0x111
[  461.671234]  [<ffffffffa0374760>] ? br_flood+0xfa/0xfa [bridge]
[  461.677299]  [<ffffffffa0379215>] ?
nf_bridge_update_protocol+0x20/0x20 [bridge]
[  461.684891]  [<ffffffffa03bb0e5>] ? nf_ct_zone+0xa/0x17 [nf_conntrack]
[  461.691520]  [<ffffffffa0374760>] ? br_flood+0xfa/0xfa [bridge]
[  461.697572]  [<ffffffffa0374812>] ? NF_HOOK.constprop.8+0x3c/0x56
[bridge]
[  461.704616]  [<ffffffffa0379031>] ?
nf_bridge_push_encap_header+0x1c/0x26 [bridge]
[  461.712329]  [<ffffffffa037929f>] ? br_nf_forward_finish+0x8a/0x95
[bridge]
[  461.719490]  [<ffffffffa037900a>] ?
nf_bridge_pull_encap_header+0x1c/0x27 [bridge]
[  461.727223]  [<ffffffffa0379974>] ? br_nf_forward_ip+0x1c0/0x1d4 [bridge]
[  461.734292]  [<ffffffff81291c4d>] ? nf_iterate+0x41/0x77
[  461.739758]  [<ffffffffa03748cc>] ? __br_deliver+0xa0/0xa0 [bridge]
[  461.746203]  [<ffffffff81291cf6>] ? nf_hook_slow+0x73/0x111
[  461.751950]  [<ffffffffa03748cc>] ? __br_deliver+0xa0/0xa0 [bridge]
[  461.758378]  [<ffffffffa037533a>] ? NF_HOOK.constprop.4+0x56/0x56
[bridge]

This is caused by bridge netfilter special dst_entry (fake_rtable), a
special shared entry, where attaching an inetpeer makes no sense.

Problem is present since commit 87c48fa3b4 (ipv6: make fragment
identifications less predictable)

Introduce DST_NOPEER dst flag and make sure ipv6_select_ident() and
__ip_select_ident() fallback to the 'no peer attached' handling.

Reported-by: Chris Boot <bootc@bootc.net>
Tested-by: Chris Boot <bootc@bootc.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-22 22:34:56 -05:00
Thomas Abraham
cd07251521 DMA: PL330: Infer transfer direction from transfer request instead of platform data
The transfer direction for a channel can be inferred from the transfer
request and the need for specifying transfer direction in platfrom data
can be eliminated. So the structure definition 'struct dma_pl330_peri'
is no longer required.

The channel's private data is set to point to a channel id specified in
the platform data (instead of an instance of type 'struct dma_pl330_peri').
The filter function is correspondingly modified to match the channel id.

With the 'struct dma_pl330_peri' removed from platform data, the dma
controller transfer capabilities cannot be inferred any more. Hence,
the dma controller capabilities is specified using platform data.

Acked-by: Jassi Brar <jassisinghbrar@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Boojin Kim <boojin.kim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Abraham <thomas.abraham@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Acked-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kukjin Kim <kgene.kim@samsung.com>
2011-12-23 10:07:03 +09:00
Thomas Abraham
3e2ec13a81 DMA: PL330: move filter function into driver
The dma channel selection filter function is moved from plat-samsung
into the pl330 driver. In additon to that, a check is added in the
filter function to ensure that the channel on which the filter has
been invoked is pl330 channel instance (and avoid any incorrect
access of chan->private in a system with multiple types of DMA
drivers).

Suggested-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Abraham <thomas.abraham@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jassi Brar <jassisinghbrar@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Acked-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kukjin Kim <kgene.kim@samsung.com>
2011-12-23 10:07:02 +09:00
NeilBrown
2d78f8c451 md: create externally visible flags for supporting hot-replace.
hot-replace is a feature being added to md which will allow a
device to be replaced without removing it from the array first.

With hot-replace a spare can be activated and recovery can start while
the original device is still in place, thus allowing a transition from
an unreliable device to a reliable device without leaving the array
degraded during the transition.  It can also be use when the original
device is still reliable but it not wanted for some reason.

This will eventually be supported in RAID4/5/6 and RAID10.

This patch adds a super-block flag to distinguish the replacement
device.  If an old kernel sees this flag it will reject the device.

It also adds two per-device flags which are viewable and settable via
sysfs.
   "want_replacement" can be set to request that a device be replaced.
   "replacement" is set to show that this device is replacing another
   device.

The "rd%d" links in /sys/block/mdXx/md only apply to the original
device, not the replacement.  We currently don't make links for the
replacement - there doesn't seem to be a need.

Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
2011-12-23 10:17:51 +11:00
Steven Rostedt
38059ec2bd md: Fix userspace free_pages() macro
While using etags to find free_pages(), I stumbled across this debug
definition of free_pages() that is to be used while debugging some raid
code in userspace. The __get_free_pages() allocates the correct size,
but the free_pages() does not match. free_pages(), like
__get_free_pages(), takes an order and not a size.

Acked-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
2011-12-23 10:17:51 +11:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman
ee0db58ade Merge branch 'for-gadget/next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/balbi/usb into usb-next
* 'for-gadget/next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/balbi/usb: (24 commits)
  usb: dwc3: gadget: add support for SG lists
  usb: dwc3: gadget: don't force 'LST' always
  usb: dwc3: gadget: don't return anything on prepare trbs
  usb: dwc3: gadget: re-factor dwc3_prepare_trbs()
  usb: gadget: introduce support for sg lists
  usb: renesas: pipe: convert a long if into a XOR operation
  usb: gadget: remove useless depends on Kconfig
  usb: gadget: s3c-hsudc: remove the_controller global
  usb: gadget: s3c-hsudc: use release_mem_region instead of release_resource
  usb: gadget: s3c-hsudc: Add regulator handling
  usb: gadget: s3c-hsudc: use udc_start and udc_stop functions
  usb: gadget: s3c-hsudc: move device registration to probe
  usb: gadget: s3c-hsudc: add missing otg_put_transceiver in probe
  usb: gadget: s3c-hsudc: add __devinit to probe function
  usb: gadget: s3c-hsudc: move platform_data struct to global header
  USB: EHCI: Add Marvell Host Controller driver
  USB: OTG: add Marvell usb OTG driver support
  usb: gadget: mv_udc: drop ARCH dependency
  usb: gadget: mv_udc: fix bug in ep_dequeue
  usb: gadget: enlarge maxburst bit width.
  ...
2011-12-22 14:05:19 -08:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
f20d09d5f7 Bluetooth: remove *_bh usage from hci_dev_list and hci_cb_list
They don't need to disable interrupts anymore, we only run in process
context now.

Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-22 18:06:24 -02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
460da45d92 Bluetooth: Remove lock from inquiry_cache
It was never used, so removing it.

Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-22 18:02:06 -02:00
Christoph Lameter
933393f58f percpu: Remove irqsafe_cpu_xxx variants
We simply say that regular this_cpu use must be safe regardless of
preemption and interrupt state.  That has no material change for x86
and s390 implementations of this_cpu operations.  However, arches that
do not provide their own implementation for this_cpu operations will
now get code generated that disables interrupts instead of preemption.

-tj: This is part of on-going percpu API cleanup.  For detailed
     discussion of the subject, please refer to the following thread.

     http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel/1222078

Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
LKML-Reference: <alpine.DEB.2.00.1112221154380.11787@router.home>
2011-12-22 10:40:20 -08:00
Mark Brown
354a21423d ASoC: Declare soc_new_pcm() properly
Ensure that everything is seeing the same declaration by moving it to
a header file rather than putting the declaration in soc-core.c

Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
2011-12-22 17:34:25 +00:00
Brian Gix
2b64d153a0 Bluetooth: Add MITM mechanism to LE-SMP
To achive Man-In-The-Middle (MITM) level security with Low Energy,
we have to enable User Passkey Comparison.  This commit modifies the
hard-coded JUST-WORKS pairing mechanism to support query via the MGMT
interface of Passkey comparison and User Confirmation.

Signed-off-by: Brian Gix <bgix@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann<marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-22 14:18:59 -02:00
Ulisses Furquim
371fd83563 Bluetooth: Fix deadlocks with sock lock and L2CAP timers locks
When cancelling a delayed work (timer) in L2CAP we can not sleep holding
the sock mutex otherwise we might deadlock with an L2CAP timer handler.
This is possible because RX/TX and L2CAP timers run in different workqueues.
The scenario below illustrates the problem. Thus we are now avoiding to
sleep on the timers locks.

 ======================================================
 [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ]
 3.1.0-05270-ga978dc7-dirty #239
 -------------------------------------------------------
 kworker/1:1/873 is trying to acquire lock:
  (sk_lock-AF_BLUETOOTH-BTPROTO_L2CAP){+.+...}, at: [<ffffffffa002ceac>] l2cap_chan_timeout+0x3c/0xe0 [bluetooth]

 but task is already holding lock:
  ((&(&chan->chan_timer)->work)){+.+...}, at: [<ffffffff81051a86>] process_one_work+0x126/0x450

 which lock already depends on the new lock.

 the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is:

 -> #1 ((&(&chan->chan_timer)->work)){+.+...}:
        [<ffffffff8106b276>] check_prevs_add+0xf6/0x170
        [<ffffffff8106b903>] validate_chain+0x613/0x790
        [<ffffffff8106dfee>] __lock_acquire+0x4be/0xac0
        [<ffffffff8106ec2d>] lock_acquire+0x8d/0xb0
        [<ffffffff81052a6f>] wait_on_work+0x4f/0x160
        [<ffffffff81052ca3>] __cancel_work_timer+0x73/0x80
        [<ffffffff81052cbd>] cancel_delayed_work_sync+0xd/0x10
        [<ffffffffa002f2ed>] l2cap_chan_connect+0x22d/0x470 [bluetooth]
        [<ffffffffa002fb51>] l2cap_sock_connect+0xb1/0x140 [bluetooth]
        [<ffffffff8130811b>] kernel_connect+0xb/0x10
        [<ffffffffa00cf98a>] rfcomm_session_create+0x12a/0x1c0 [rfcomm]
        [<ffffffffa00cfbe7>] __rfcomm_dlc_open+0x1c7/0x240 [rfcomm]
        [<ffffffffa00d07c2>] rfcomm_dlc_open+0x42/0x70 [rfcomm]
        [<ffffffffa00d3b03>] rfcomm_sock_connect+0x103/0x150 [rfcomm]
        [<ffffffff8130bd7e>] sys_connect+0xae/0xc0
        [<ffffffff813368d2>] compat_sys_socketcall+0xb2/0x220
        [<ffffffff813b2089>] sysenter_dispatch+0x7/0x30

 -> #0 (sk_lock-AF_BLUETOOTH-BTPROTO_L2CAP){+.+...}:
        [<ffffffff8106b16d>] check_prev_add+0x6cd/0x6e0
        [<ffffffff8106b276>] check_prevs_add+0xf6/0x170
        [<ffffffff8106b903>] validate_chain+0x613/0x790
        [<ffffffff8106dfee>] __lock_acquire+0x4be/0xac0
        [<ffffffff8106ec2d>] lock_acquire+0x8d/0xb0
        [<ffffffff8130d91a>] lock_sock_nested+0x8a/0xa0
        [<ffffffffa002ceac>] l2cap_chan_timeout+0x3c/0xe0 [bluetooth]
        [<ffffffff81051ae4>] process_one_work+0x184/0x450
        [<ffffffff8105276e>] worker_thread+0x15e/0x340
        [<ffffffff81057bb6>] kthread+0x96/0xa0
        [<ffffffff813b1ef4>] kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10

 other info that might help us debug this:

  Possible unsafe locking scenario:

        CPU0                    CPU1
        ----                    ----
   lock((&(&chan->chan_timer)->work));
                                lock(sk_lock-AF_BLUETOOTH-BTPROTO_L2CAP);
                                lock((&(&chan->chan_timer)->work));
   lock(sk_lock-AF_BLUETOOTH-BTPROTO_L2CAP);

  *** DEADLOCK ***

 2 locks held by kworker/1:1/873:
  #0:  (events){.+.+.+}, at: [<ffffffff81051a86>] process_one_work+0x126/0x450
  #1:  ((&(&chan->chan_timer)->work)){+.+...}, at: [<ffffffff81051a86>] process_one_work+0x126/0x450

 stack backtrace:
 Pid: 873, comm: kworker/1:1 Not tainted 3.1.0-05270-ga978dc7-dirty #239
 Call Trace:
  [<ffffffff813a0f6e>] print_circular_bug+0xd2/0xe3
  [<ffffffff8106b16d>] check_prev_add+0x6cd/0x6e0
  [<ffffffff8106b276>] check_prevs_add+0xf6/0x170
  [<ffffffff8106b903>] validate_chain+0x613/0x790
  [<ffffffff8106dfee>] __lock_acquire+0x4be/0xac0
  [<ffffffff8130d8f6>] ? lock_sock_nested+0x66/0xa0
  [<ffffffff8106ea30>] ? lock_release_nested+0x100/0x110
  [<ffffffff8130d8f6>] ? lock_sock_nested+0x66/0xa0
  [<ffffffff8106ec2d>] lock_acquire+0x8d/0xb0
  [<ffffffffa002ceac>] ? l2cap_chan_timeout+0x3c/0xe0 [bluetooth]
  [<ffffffff8130d91a>] lock_sock_nested+0x8a/0xa0
  [<ffffffffa002ceac>] ? l2cap_chan_timeout+0x3c/0xe0 [bluetooth]
  [<ffffffff81051a86>] ? process_one_work+0x126/0x450
  [<ffffffffa002ceac>] l2cap_chan_timeout+0x3c/0xe0 [bluetooth]
  [<ffffffff81051ae4>] process_one_work+0x184/0x450
  [<ffffffff81051a86>] ? process_one_work+0x126/0x450
  [<ffffffffa002ce70>] ? l2cap_security_cfm+0x4e0/0x4e0 [bluetooth]
  [<ffffffff8105276e>] worker_thread+0x15e/0x340
  [<ffffffff81052610>] ? manage_workers+0x110/0x110
  [<ffffffff81057bb6>] kthread+0x96/0xa0
  [<ffffffff813b1ef4>] kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10
  [<ffffffff813af69d>] ? retint_restore_args+0xe/0xe
  [<ffffffff81057b20>] ? __init_kthread_worker+0x70/0x70
  [<ffffffff813b1ef0>] ? gs_change+0xb/0xb

Signed-off-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-22 14:15:09 -02:00
Ulisses Furquim
686ebf283b Bluetooth: Make HCI call directly into SCO and L2CAP event functions
The struct hci_proto and all related register/unregister and dispatching
code was removed. HCI core code now call directly the SCO and L2CAP
event functions.

Signed-off-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-22 14:07:29 -02:00
Andrei Emeltchenko
68a8aea459 Bluetooth: Remove magic numbers from le scan cmd
Make code readable by removing magic numbers.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-22 14:03:24 -02:00
Shawn Guo
93bcb23b38 regulator: mc13892: add device tree probe support
It adds device tree probe support for mc13892-regulator driver.

Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
2011-12-22 11:10:45 +00:00
Stephen Warren
5a5049637c ASoC: Allow DAI links to be specified using device tree nodes
DAI link endpoints and platform (DMA) devices are currently specified
by name. When instantiating sound cards from device tree, it may be more
convenient to refer to these devices by phandle in the device tree, and
for code to describe DAI links using the "struct device_node *"
("of_node") those phandles map to.

This change adds new fields to snd_soc_dai_link which can "name" devices
using of_node, enhances soc_bind_dai_link() to allow binding based on
of_node, and enhances snd_soc_register_card() to ensure that illegal
combinations of name and of_node are not used.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
2011-12-22 11:00:21 +00:00
Srivatsa S. Bhat
e30e2fdfe5 VFS: Fix race between CPU hotplug and lglocks
Currently, the *_global_[un]lock_online() routines are not at all synchronized
with CPU hotplug. Soft-lockups detected as a consequence of this race was
reported earlier at https://lkml.org/lkml/2011/8/24/185. (Thanks to Cong Meng
for finding out that the root-cause of this issue is the race condition
between br_write_[un]lock() and CPU hotplug, which results in the lock states
getting messed up).

Fixing this race by just adding {get,put}_online_cpus() at appropriate places
in *_global_[un]lock_online() is not a good option, because, then suddenly
br_write_[un]lock() would become blocking, whereas they have been kept as
non-blocking all this time, and we would want to keep them that way.

So, overall, we want to ensure 3 things:
1. br_write_lock() and br_write_unlock() must remain as non-blocking.
2. The corresponding lock and unlock of the per-cpu spinlocks must not happen
   for different sets of CPUs.
3. Either prevent any new CPU online operation in between this lock-unlock, or
   ensure that the newly onlined CPU does not proceed with its corresponding
   per-cpu spinlock unlocked.

To achieve all this:
(a) We introduce a new spinlock that is taken by the *_global_lock_online()
    routine and released by the *_global_unlock_online() routine.
(b) We register a callback for CPU hotplug notifications, and this callback
    takes the same spinlock as above.
(c) We maintain a bitmap which is close to the cpu_online_mask, and once it is
    initialized in the lock_init() code, all future updates to it are done in
    the callback, under the above spinlock.
(d) The above bitmap is used (instead of cpu_online_mask) while locking and
    unlocking the per-cpu locks.

The callback takes the spinlock upon the CPU_UP_PREPARE event. So, if the
br_write_lock-unlock sequence is in progress, the callback keeps spinning,
thus preventing the CPU online operation till the lock-unlock sequence is
complete. This takes care of requirement (3).

The bitmap that we maintain remains unmodified throughout the lock-unlock
sequence, since all updates to it are managed by the callback, which takes
the same spinlock as the one taken by the lock code and released only by the
unlock routine. Combining this with (d) above, satisfies requirement (2).

Overall, since we use a spinlock (mentioned in (a)) to prevent CPU hotplug
operations from racing with br_write_lock-unlock, requirement (1) is also
taken care of.

By the way, it is to be noted that a CPU offline operation can actually run
in parallel with our lock-unlock sequence, because our callback doesn't react
to notifications earlier than CPU_DEAD (in order to maintain our bitmap
properly). And this means, since we use our own bitmap (which is stale, on
purpose) during the lock-unlock sequence, we could end up unlocking the
per-cpu lock of an offline CPU (because we had locked it earlier, when the
CPU was online), in order to satisfy requirement (2). But this is harmless,
though it looks a bit awkward.

Debugged-by: Cong Meng <mc@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Srivatsa S. Bhat <srivatsa.bhat@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
2011-12-22 02:02:20 -05:00
Linus Torvalds
ecefc36b41 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net:
  net: Add a flow_cache_flush_deferred function
  ipv4: reintroduce route cache garbage collector
  net: have ipconfig not wait if no dev is available
  sctp: Do not account for sizeof(struct sk_buff) in estimated rwnd
  asix: new device id
  davinci-cpdma: fix locking issue in cpdma_chan_stop
  sctp: fix incorrect overflow check on autoclose
  r8169: fix Config2 MSIEnable bit setting.
  llc: llc_cmsg_rcv was getting called after sk_eat_skb.
  net: bpf_jit: fix an off-one bug in x86_64 cond jump target
  iwlwifi: update SCD BC table for all SCD queues
  Revert "Bluetooth: Revert: Fix L2CAP connection establishment"
  Bluetooth: Clear RFCOMM session timer when disconnecting last channel
  Bluetooth: Prevent uninitialized data access in L2CAP configuration
  iwlwifi: allow to switch to HT40 if not associated
  iwlwifi: tx_sync only on PAN context
  mwifiex: avoid double list_del in command cancel path
  ath9k: fix max phy rate at rate control init
  nfc: signedness bug in __nci_request()
  iwlwifi: do not set the sequence control bit is not needed
2011-12-21 18:29:26 -08:00
Daniel Vetter
7a6e0daaf4 drm: kill drm_sman
No longer used.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2011-12-22 00:33:23 +01:00
Daniel Vetter
94e895321b drm/sman: kill user_hash_tab
No longer used.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2011-12-22 00:33:22 +01:00
Daniel Vetter
763240deb4 drm/sman: rip out owner tracking
In contrast to kms drivers, sis/via _always_ associated a buffer with
a drm fd. So by the time we reach lastclose, all open drm fds are gone
and with them their associated objects.

So when sis/via call drm_sman_cleanup in their lastclose funcs, that
will free 0 objects.

The owner tracking now serves no purpose at all, hence rip it ou. We
can't kill the corresponding fields in struct drm_memblock_item yet
because we hijack these in the new driver private owner tracking. But
now that drm_sman.c doesn't touch ->owner_list anymore, we need to
kill the list_move hack and properly add the item to the file_priv
list.

Also leave the list_del(&obj->owner_list) in drm_sman_free for the
moment, it will move to the drivers when sman disappears completely.

v2: Remove the redundant INIT_LIST_HEAD as noted by Chris Wilson

Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2011-12-22 00:33:20 +01:00
Daniel Vetter
aa38e2e015 drm/sman: kill owner tracking interface functions
These are now unused.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2011-12-22 00:33:19 +01:00
Daniel Vetter
c828e20456 drm/via: track obj->drm_fd relations in the driver
Exactly like the previous patch for sis.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2011-12-22 00:33:19 +01:00
Daniel Vetter
fdc0b8a63c drm/sis: track obj->drm_fd relations in the driver
By attach a driver private struct to each open drm fd.

Because we steal the owner_list from drm_sman until things settle,
use list_move instead of list_add.

This requires to export a drm_sman function temporarily before
drm_sman will die for real completely.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
2011-12-22 00:33:15 +01:00
Kay Sievers
b3e8d7b247 kobject: remove kset_find_obj_hinted()
Now that there are no in-kernel users of this function, remove it as it
is no longer needed.

Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
2011-12-21 15:13:54 -08:00
Kay Sievers
10fbcf4c6c convert 'memory' sysdev_class to a regular subsystem
This moves the 'memory sysdev_class' over to a regular 'memory' subsystem
and converts the devices to regular devices. The sysdev drivers are
implemented as subsystem interfaces now.

After all sysdev classes are ported to regular driver core entities, the
sysdev implementation will be entirely removed from the kernel.

Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
2011-12-21 14:48:43 -08:00
Kay Sievers
8a25a2fd12 cpu: convert 'cpu' and 'machinecheck' sysdev_class to a regular subsystem
This moves the 'cpu sysdev_class' over to a regular 'cpu' subsystem
and converts the devices to regular devices. The sysdev drivers are
implemented as subsystem interfaces now.

After all sysdev classes are ported to regular driver core entities, the
sysdev implementation will be entirely removed from the kernel.

Userspace relies on events and generic sysfs subsystem infrastructure
from sysdev devices, which are made available with this conversion.

Cc: Haavard Skinnemoen <hskinnemoen@gmail.com>
Cc: Hans-Christian Egtvedt <egtvedt@samfundet.no>
Cc: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Cc: Fenghua Yu <fenghua.yu@intel.com>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@tilera.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: "H. Peter Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com>
Cc: Borislav Petkov <bp@amd64.org>
Cc: Tigran Aivazian <tigran@aivazian.fsnet.co.uk>
Cc: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
Cc: Zhang Rui <rui.zhang@intel.com>
Cc: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Cc: "Rafael J. Wysocki" <rjw@sisk.pl>
Cc: "Srivatsa S. Bhat" <srivatsa.bhat@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
2011-12-21 14:29:42 -08:00
Steffen Klassert
c0ed1c14a7 net: Add a flow_cache_flush_deferred function
flow_cach_flush() might sleep but can be called from
atomic context via the xfrm garbage collector. So add
a flow_cache_flush_deferred() function and use this if
the xfrm garbage colector is invoked from within the
packet path.

Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-21 16:48:08 -05:00
Rafael J. Wysocki
90363ddf0a PM: Drop generic_subsys_pm_ops
Since the PM core is now going to execute driver callbacks directly
if the corresponding subsystem callbacks are not present,
forward-only subsystem callbacks (i.e. such that only execute the
corresponding driver callbacks) are not necessary any more.  Thus
it is possible to remove generic_subsys_pm_ops, because the only
callback in there that is not forward-only, .runtime_idle, is not
really used by the only user of generic_subsys_pm_ops, which is
vio_bus_type.

However, the generic callback routines themselves cannot be removed
from generic_ops.c, because they are used individually by a number
of subsystems.

Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
2011-12-21 22:03:32 +01:00
Rafael J. Wysocki
9b39e73d0c PM / Sleep: Remove forward-only callbacks from platform bus type
The forward-only PM callbacks provided by the platform bus type are
not necessary any more, because the PM core executes driver callbacks
when the corresponding subsystem callbacks are not present, so drop
them.

Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
2011-12-21 22:01:14 +01:00
Rafael J. Wysocki
b00f4dc5ff Merge branch 'master' into pm-sleep
* master: (848 commits)
  SELinux: Fix RCU deref check warning in sel_netport_insert()
  binary_sysctl(): fix memory leak
  mm/vmalloc.c: remove static declaration of va from __get_vm_area_node
  ipmi_watchdog: restore settings when BMC reset
  oom: fix integer overflow of points in oom_badness
  memcg: keep root group unchanged if creation fails
  nilfs2: potential integer overflow in nilfs_ioctl_clean_segments()
  nilfs2: unbreak compat ioctl
  cpusets: stall when updating mems_allowed for mempolicy or disjoint nodemask
  evm: prevent racing during tfm allocation
  evm: key must be set once during initialization
  mmc: vub300: fix type of firmware_rom_wait_states module parameter
  Revert "mmc: enable runtime PM by default"
  mmc: sdhci: remove "state" argument from sdhci_suspend_host
  x86, dumpstack: Fix code bytes breakage due to missing KERN_CONT
  IB/qib: Correct sense on freectxts increment and decrement
  RDMA/cma: Verify private data length
  cgroups: fix a css_set not found bug in cgroup_attach_proc
  oprofile: Fix uninitialized memory access when writing to writing to oprofilefs
  Revert "xen/pv-on-hvm kexec: add xs_reset_watches to shutdown watches from old kernel"
  ...

Conflicts:
	kernel/cgroup_freezer.c
2011-12-21 21:59:45 +01:00
Steven Rostedt
2a85a37f16 ftrace: Allow access to the boot time function enabling
Change set_ftrace_early_filter() to ftrace_set_early_filter()
and make it a global function. This will allow other subsystems
in the kernel to be able to enable function tracing at start
up and reuse the ftrace function parsing code.

Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
2011-12-21 07:26:35 -05:00
Steven Rostedt
69a3083c4a ftrace: Decouple hash items from showing filtered functions
The set_ftrace_filter shows "hashed" functions, which are functions
that are added with operations to them (like traceon and traceoff).

As other subsystems may be able to show what functions they are
using for function tracing, the hash items should no longer
be shown just because the FILTER flag is set. As they have nothing
to do with other subsystems filters.

Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
2011-12-21 07:25:24 -05:00
Steven Rostedt
fc13cb0ce4 ftrace: Allow other users of function tracing to use the output listing
The function tracer is set up to allow any other subsystem (like perf)
to use it. Ftrace already has a way to list what functions are enabled
by the global_ops. It would be very helpful to let other users of
the function tracer to be able to use the same code.

Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
2011-12-21 07:25:06 -05:00
Steven Rostedt
85ae32ae01 ftrace: Replace record newlist with record page list
As new functions come in to be initalized from mcount to nop,
they are done by groups of pages. Whether it is the core kernel
or a module. There's no need to keep track of these on a per record
basis.

At startup, and as any module is loaded, the functions to be
traced are stored in a group of pages and added to the function
list at the end. We just need to keep a pointer to the first
page of the list that was added, and use that to know where to
start on the list for initializing functions.

Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
2011-12-21 07:19:03 -05:00
Steven Rostedt
3208230983 ftrace: Remove usage of "freed" records
Records that are added to the function trace table are
permanently there, except for modules. By separating out the
modules to their own pages that can be freed in one shot
we can remove the "freed" flag and simplify some of the record
management.

Another benefit of doing this is that we can also move the
records around; sort them.

Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
2011-12-21 07:17:57 -05:00
Steven Rostedt
c88fd8634e ftrace: Allow archs to modify code without stop machine
The stop machine method to modify all functions in the kernel
(some 20,000 of them) is the safest way to do so across all archs.
But some archs may not need this big hammer approach to modify code
on SMP machines, and can simply just update the code it needs.

Adding a weak function arch_ftrace_update_code() that now does the
stop machine, will also let any arch override this method.

If the arch needs to check the system and then decide if it can
avoid stop machine, it can still call ftrace_run_stop_machine() to
use the old method.

Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
2011-12-21 07:16:58 -05:00
Steven Rostedt
45959ee7aa ftrace: Do not function trace inlined functions
When gcc inlines a function, it does not mark it with the mcount
prologue, which in turn means that inlined functions are not traced
by the function tracer. But if CONFIG_OPTIMIZE_INLINING is set, then
gcc is allowed not to inline a function that is marked inline.

Depending on the options and the compiler, a function may or may
not be traced by the function tracer, depending on whether gcc
decides to inline a function or not. This has caused several
problems in the pass becaues gcc is not always consistent with
what it decides to inline between different gcc versions.

Some places should not be traced (like paravirt native_* functions)
and these are mostly marked as inline. When gcc decides not to
inline the function, and if that function should not be traced, then
the ftrace function tracer will suddenly break when it use to work
fine. This becomes even harder to debug when different versions of
gcc will not inline that function, making the same kernel and config
work for some gcc versions and not work for others.

By making all functions marked inline to not be traced will remove
the ambiguity that gcc adds when it comes to tracing functions marked
inline. All gcc versions will be consistent with what functions are
traced and having volatile working code will be removed.

Note, only the inline macro when CONFIG_OPTIMIZE_INLINING is set needs
to have notrace added, as the attribute __always_inline will force
the function to be inlined and then not traced.

Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
2011-12-21 07:14:34 -05:00
Felipe Balbi
898c608678 usb: gadget: introduce support for sg lists
Some controllers support scatter/gather transfers
and that might be very useful for some gadget drivers.

This means that we can make use of larger buffer
allocations which means we will have less completion
IRQs overtime, thus improving the perceived performance.

Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
2011-12-21 13:24:44 +02:00
Heiko Stübner
715a3e41e7 usb: gadget: s3c-hsudc: move platform_data struct to global header
Gadget drivers should be compilable on all architectures.
This patch removes one dependency on architecture-specific code.

Acked-by: Kukjin Kim <kgene.kim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
2011-12-21 13:24:27 +02:00
Daniel Kurtz
4371ea8202 HID: usbhid: defer LED setting to a workqueue
Defer LED setting action to a workqueue.
This is more likely to send all LED change events in a single URB.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Kurtz <djkurtz@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Oliver Neukum <oneukum@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
2011-12-21 11:18:35 +01:00
Dave Airlie
4cf73129cb Merge remote-tracking branch 'pfdo/drm-fixes' into drm-core-next
-next reported a messy merge, so I've merged my upstream pull into
my -next tree.

Conflicts:
	drivers/gpu/drm/vmwgfx/vmwgfx_kms.c
2011-12-21 09:50:56 +00:00
Stephane Eranian
c37e17497e perf events: Add PERF_COUNT_HW_REF_CPU_CYCLES generic PMU event
This event counts the number of reference core cpu cycles.
Reference means that the event increments at a constant rate which
is not subject to core CPU frequency adjustments. The event may
not count when the processor is in halted (low power) state.
As such, it may not be equivalent to wall clock time. However,
when the processor is not halted state, the event keeps
a constant correlation with wall clock time.

Signed-off-by: Stephane Eranian <eranian@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1323559734-3488-3-git-send-email-eranian@google.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2011-12-21 10:26:37 +01:00
Peter Zijlstra
f07fdec50a lockdep/waitqueues: Add better annotation
-> #2 (&tty->write_wait){-.-...}:

is a lot more informative than:

 -> #2 (key#19){-.....}:

Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/n/tip-8zpopbny51023rdb0qq67eye@git.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2011-12-21 10:07:39 +01:00
Joonyoung Shim
864ee9e6f6 drm/exynos: Add plane support with fimd
The exynos fimd supports 5 window overlays. Only one window overlay of
fimd is used by the crtc, so we need plane feature to use the rest
window overlays.

This creates one ioctl exynos specific - DRM_EXYNOS_PLANE_SET_ZPOS, it
is the ioctl to decide for user to assign which window overlay.

Signed-off-by: Joonyoung Shim <jy0922.shim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Inki Dae <inki.dae@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
2011-12-21 15:14:17 +09:00
Vijay Subramanian
ab56222a32 tcp: Replace constants with #define macros
to record the state of SACK/FACK and DSACK for better readability and maintenance.

Signed-off-by: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-21 01:03:23 -05:00
Ulisses Furquim
f1e91e1640 Bluetooth: Always compile SCO and L2CAP in Bluetooth Core
The handling of SCO audio links and the L2CAP protocol are essential to
any system with Bluetooth thus are always compiled in from now on.

Signed-off-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-21 02:21:08 -02:00
Daniel De Graaf
7d17e84bb8 xen/grant-table: Support mappings required by blkback
Add support for mappings without GNTMAP_contains_pte. This was not
supported because the unmap operation assumed that this flag was being
used; adding a parameter to the unmap operation to allow the PTE
clearing to be disabled is sufficient to make unmap capable of
supporting either mapping type.

Signed-off-by: Daniel De Graaf <dgdegra@tycho.nsa.gov>
[v1: Fix cleanpatch warnings]
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
2011-12-20 17:07:27 -05:00
Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk
cb85f123cd Merge commit 'v3.2-rc3' into stable/for-linus-3.3
* commit 'v3.2-rc3': (412 commits)
  Linux 3.2-rc3
  virtio-pci: make reset operation safer
  virtio-mmio: Correct the name of the guest features selector
  virtio: add HAS_IOMEM dependency to MMIO platform bus driver
  eCryptfs: Extend array bounds for all filename chars
  eCryptfs: Flush file in vma close
  eCryptfs: Prevent file create race condition
  regulator: TPS65910: Fix VDD1/2 voltage selector count
  i2c: Make i2cdev_notifier_call static
  i2c: Delete ANY_I2C_BUS
  i2c: Fix device name for 10-bit slave address
  i2c-algo-bit: Generate correct i2c address sequence for 10-bit target
  drm: integer overflow in drm_mode_dirtyfb_ioctl()
  Revert "of/irq: of_irq_find_parent: check for parent equal to child"
  drivers/gpu/vga/vgaarb.c: add missing kfree
  drm/radeon/kms/atom: unify i2c gpio table handling
  drm/radeon/kms: fix up gpio i2c mask bits for r4xx for real
  ttm: Don't return the bo reserved on error path
  mount_subtree() pointless use-after-free
  iio: fix a leak due to improper use of anon_inode_getfd()
  ...
2011-12-20 17:01:18 -05:00
Ville Syrjälä
d0d110e096 drm: Add drm_format_num_planes() utility function
This function returns the number of planes used by a specific pixel
format.

Signed-off-by: Ville Syrjälä <ville.syrjala@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Rob Clark <rob.clark@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
2011-12-20 20:34:32 +00:00
Linus Torvalds
5fbd305dd2 Merge branch 'timers-urgent-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip
* 'timers-urgent-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip:
  time/clocksource: Fix kernel-doc warnings
  rtc: m41t80: Workaround broken alarm functionality
  rtc: Expire alarms after the time is set.
2011-12-20 11:42:38 -08:00
Linus Torvalds
455ba0c0b7 Merge branch 'stable/for-linus-fixes-3.2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/konrad/xen
* 'stable/for-linus-fixes-3.2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/konrad/xen:
  Revert "xen/pv-on-hvm kexec: add xs_reset_watches to shutdown watches from old kernel"
2011-12-20 11:40:48 -08:00
Ingo Molnar
d87f69a16e Merge commit 'v3.2-rc6' into perf/core
Merge reason: Update with the latest fixes.

Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2011-12-20 20:32:11 +01:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
030013d858 Bluetooth: Rename info_work to info_timer
It makes more sense this way, since info_timer is a timer using delayed
work API.

Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-20 17:07:16 -02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
6c9d42a161 Bluetooth: convert security timer to delayed_work
This one also needs to run in process context

Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-20 17:07:03 -02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
c2ec9c1bbd Bluetooth: Move l2cap_{set,clear}_timer to l2cap.h
It is the only place where it is used.

Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-20 17:06:30 -02:00
Ursula Braun
aac6399c6a af_iucv: get rid of state IUCV_SEVERED
af_iucv differs unnecessarily between state IUCV_SEVERED and
IUCV_DISCONN. This patch removes state IUCV_SEVERED.
While simplifying af_iucv, this patch removes the 2nd invocation of
cpcmd as well.

Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-20 14:05:03 -05:00
Ursula Braun
9e8ba5f3ec af_iucv: remove unused timer infrastructure
af_iucv contains timer infrastructure which is not exploited.
This patch removes the timer related code parts.

Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-20 14:05:03 -05:00
Andrei Emeltchenko
613a1c0c59 Bluetooth: Clean up magic pointers
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-20 17:00:22 -02:00
Andrei Emeltchenko
2455a3ea0c Bluetooth: Initialize default flow control mode
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-20 16:59:30 -02:00
Linus Torvalds
62d7a2927f Merge branch 'v4l_for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-media
* 'v4l_for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-media: (31 commits)
  Revert "[media] af9015: limit I2C access to keep FW happy"
  [media] s5p-fimc: Fix camera input configuration in subdev operations
  [media] m5mols: Fix logic in sanity check
  [media] ati_remote: switch to single-byte scancodes
  [media] V4L: mt9m111: fix uninitialised mutex
  [media] V4L: omap1_camera: fix missing <linux/module.h> include
  [media] V4L: mt9t112: use after free in mt9t112_probe()
  [media] V4L: soc-camera: fix compiler warnings on 64-bit platforms
  [media] s5p_mfc_enc: fix s/H264/H263/ typo
  [media] omap_vout: Fix compile error in 3.1
  [media] au0828: add missing models 72101, 72201 & 72261 to the model matrix
  [media] au0828: add missing USB ID 2040:7213
  [media] au0828: add missing USB ID 2040:7260
  [media] [trivial] omap24xxcam-dma: Fix logical test
  [media] omap_vout: fix crash if no driver for a display
  [media] media: video: s5p-tv: fix build break
  [media] omap3isp: fix compilation of ispvideo.c
  [media] m5mols: Fix set_fmt to return proper pixel format code
  [media] s5p-fimc: Use correct fourcc for RGB565 colour format
  [media] s5p-fimc: Fail driver probing when sensor configuration is wrong
  ...
2011-12-20 10:49:39 -08:00
Dave Airlie
1fbe6f625f Merge tag 'v3.2-rc6' of /home/airlied/devel/kernel/linux-2.6 into drm-core-next
Merge in the upstream tree to bring in the mainline fixes.

Conflicts:
	drivers/gpu/drm/exynos/exynos_drm_fbdev.c
	drivers/gpu/drm/nouveau/nouveau_sgdma.c
2011-12-20 14:43:53 +00:00
Takashi Iwai
78c058df6a Merge branch 'test/hda-jack' into topic/hda
Conflicts:
	sound/pci/hda/patch_hdmi.c
	sound/pci/hda/patch_via.c
2011-12-20 15:42:57 +01:00
Mauro Carvalho Chehab
fd66c45dd5 [media] Remove Annex A/C selection via roll-off factor
Instead of using a roll-off factor, change DRX-K & friends to select
the bandwidth filter and the Nyquist half roll-off via delivery system.

This provides a cleaner support for Annex A/C switch.

Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-12-20 11:50:23 -02:00
Manu Abraham
bf3b84006e [media] DVB: Use a unique delivery system identifier for DVBC_ANNEX_C
Use a unique delivery system identifier for DVBC_ANNEX_C, just like any
other.

DVBC_ANNEX_A and DVBC_ANNEX_C have slightly different parameters
and are used in 2 geographically different locations.

Signed-off-by: Manu Abraham <abraham.manu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-12-20 11:49:15 -02:00
Laurent Pinchart
22db44cb9c [media] as3645a: Add driver for LED flash controller
This patch adds the driver for the as3645a LED flash controller. This
controller supports a high power led in flash and torch modes and an
indicator light, sometimes also called privacy light.

Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Nayden Kanchev <nkanchev@mm-sol.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuukka Toivonen <tuukkat76@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Antti Koskipaa <antti.koskipaa@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanimir Varbanov <svarbanov@mm-sol.com>
Signed-off-by: Vimarsh Zutshi <vimarsh.zutshi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Ivan T. Ivanov <iivanov@mm-sol.com>
Signed-off-by: Mika Westerberg <ext-mika.1.westerberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David Cohen <dacohen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-12-20 09:36:18 -02:00
Laurent Pinchart
a597fa78d3 [media] v4l: Add over-current and indicator flash fault bits
Flash controllers can report over-current and indicator fault
conditions. Define flash fault control bits for them.

Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Acked-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@maxwell.research.nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-12-20 09:32:48 -02:00
Clemens Ladisch
fa5034c667 [media] media: fix truncated entity specification
When enumerating an entity, assign the entire entity specification
instead of only the first two words. (This requires giving the
specification union a name.)

So far, no driver actually uses more than two words, but this will
be needed for ALSA entities.

Signed-off-by: Clemens Ladisch <clemens@ladisch.de>
[laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com: Rename specification to info]
Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-12-20 09:31:50 -02:00
Laurent Pinchart
c1026c580d [media] omap3isp: Clarify the clk_pol field in platform data
The field is used to select the polarity of the pixel clock signal.
"Inverted" and "non inverted" are bad descriptions, specify instead on
which clock edge the signals are sampled.

Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-12-20 09:31:00 -02:00
Ingo Molnar
45aa0663cc Merge branch 'memblock-kill-early_node_map' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/misc into core/memblock 2011-12-20 12:14:26 +01:00
Neil Zhang
3a082ec9b2 USB: EHCI: Add Marvell Host Controller driver
This patch adds support for EHCI compliant HSUSB Host controller found
on Marvell Socs.

It fits both OTG and SPH controller on marvell Socs, including
PXA9xx/MMP2/MMP3/MGx.

Signed-off-by: Neil Zhang <zhangwm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
2011-12-20 12:58:13 +02:00
Neil Zhang
277164f03f USB: OTG: add Marvell usb OTG driver support
This driver is for ChipIdea USB OTG controller on Marvell Socs.
PXA9xx/MMP2/MMP3/MGx all have this USB OTG controller.

Signed-off-by: Neil Zhang <zhangwm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
2011-12-20 12:58:07 +02:00
Neil Zhang
5e6c86b017 usb: gadget: mv_udc: drop ARCH dependency
This patch do the following things:
1. Change the Kconfig information.
2. Rename the driver name.
3. Don't do any type cast to io memory.
4. Add dummy stub for clk framework.

Signed-off-by: Neil Zhang <zhangwm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
2011-12-20 12:55:06 +02:00
Ville Syrjälä
01f2c7730e drm: Replace pitch with pitches[] in drm_framebuffer
Otherwise each driver would need to keep the information inside
their own framebuffer object structure. Also add offsets[]. BOs
on the other hand are driver specific, so those can be kept in
driver specific structures.

Signed-off-by: Ville Syrjälä <ville.syrjala@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
2011-12-20 10:06:27 +00:00
Ville Syrjälä
22cd7c6258 drm: plane: Make 'formats' parameter to drm_plane_init() const
Signed-off-by: Ville Syrjälä <ville.syrjala@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
2011-12-20 10:05:06 +00:00
Ville Syrjälä
64760a4ee6 drm: fourcc: Use __u32 instead of u32
drm_fourcc.h can be included from user space so use the appropriate types.

Signed-off-by: Ville Syrjälä <ville.syrjala@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
2011-12-20 10:02:18 +00:00
Ville Syrjälä
b03166ac18 drm: Install drm_fourcc.h
Userspace needs this header.

Signed-off-by: Ville Syrjälä <ville.syrjala@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
2011-12-20 10:02:02 +00:00
Ville Syrjälä
cc5b6f0079 drm: Add a missing ')'
The code happened to compile because the flag wasn't actually used yet.

Signed-off-by: Ville Syrjälä <ville.syrjala@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
2011-12-20 10:01:42 +00:00
Olof Johansson
844e8a16f2 Merge branch 'picoxcell/cleanup' into next/cleanup
* picoxcell/cleanup: (4 commits)
  MAINTAINERS: add maintainer entry for Picochip picoxcell
  ARM: picoxcell: move io mappings to common.c
  ARM: picoxcell: don't reserve irq_descs
  ARM: picoxcell: remove mach/memory.h

Conflicts:
	arch/arm/mach-at91/setup.c
2011-12-19 21:13:41 -08:00
Olof Johansson
4b3ee30b52 Merge branch 'picoxcell/devel' into next/devel
* picoxcell/devel: (1 commit)
  ARM: picoxcell: implement watchdog restart
2011-12-19 21:12:53 -08:00
Rusty Russell
eb93992207 module_param: make bool parameters really bool (net & drivers/net)
module_param(bool) used to counter-intuitively take an int.  In
fddd5201 (mid-2009) we allowed bool or int/unsigned int using a messy
trick.

It's time to remove the int/unsigned int option.  For this version
it'll simply give a warning, but it'll break next kernel version.

(Thanks to Joe Perches for suggesting coccinelle for 0/1 -> true/false).

Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-19 22:27:29 -05:00
Stephen Warren
a4a54dd5bb ASoC: Add utility to parse DAPM routes from device tree
Implement snd_soc_of_parse_audio_routing(), a utility function that can
parses a simple DAPM route table from device tree.The machine driver
specifies the DT property to use, since this is binding-specific.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
2011-12-20 01:05:34 +00:00
Stephen Warren
bec4fa05e2 ASoC: Add utility to set a card's name from device tree
Implement snd_soc_of_parse_card_name(), a utility function that sets a
card's name from device tree. The machine driver specifies the DT
property to use, since this is binding-specific.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
2011-12-20 01:05:34 +00:00
Kees Cook
114d6e9c10 security: update security_file_mmap() docs
This documents the fields added to security_file_mmap() that were
introduced in ed03218951.

Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
2011-12-20 09:36:23 +11:00
Xi Wang
2692ba61a8 sctp: fix incorrect overflow check on autoclose
Commit 8ffd3208 voids the previous patches f6778aab and 810c0719 for
limiting the autoclose value.  If userspace passes in -1 on 32-bit
platform, the overflow check didn't work and autoclose would be set
to 0xffffffff.

This patch defines a max_autoclose (in seconds) for limiting the value
and exposes it through sysctl, with the following intentions.

1) Avoid overflowing autoclose * HZ.

2) Keep the default autoclose bound consistent across 32- and 64-bit
   platforms (INT_MAX / HZ in this patch).

3) Keep the autoclose value consistent between setsockopt() and
   getsockopt() calls.

Suggested-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Xi Wang <xi.wang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-19 16:25:46 -05:00
Laurent Pinchart
edd153a3e4 fbdev: sh_mobile_lcdc: Support FOURCC-based format API
Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
2011-12-19 20:07:13 +00:00
Laurent Pinchart
0b9eabd77f v4l: Add V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV24 and V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV42 formats
NV24 and NV42 are planar YCbCr 4:4:4 and YCrCb 4:4:4 formats with a
luma plane followed by an interleaved chroma plane.

Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Acked-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
2011-12-19 20:07:13 +00:00
Laurent Pinchart
fb21c2f428 fbdev: Add FOURCC-based format configuration API
This API will be used to support YUV frame buffer formats in a standard
way.

Last but not least, create a much needed fbdev API documentation and
document the format setting APIs.

Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
2011-12-19 20:07:13 +00:00
David S. Miller
447f219190 Revert "net: Remove unused neighbour layer ops."
This reverts commit 5c3ddec73d.

S390 qeth driver actually still uses the setup ops.

Reported-by: Frank Blaschka <blaschka@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-19 15:04:41 -05:00
Yevgeny Petrilin
8d0fc7b611 mlx4_core: Changing link sensing logic
New FW can give clues to driver regarding default port type
and whether or not we should default to link sensing on the port.

2 bits are added to QUERY_PORT command:
1. suggested_type: This bit gives a hint whether the default port type should be
   IB or Ethernet.
   The driver will use this hint in case the user didn't specify explicitly the link layer
   type he wants to set.
2. default_sense: If this bit is set, we would sense the port type on start-up
   and default the port to link sensing

Signed-off-by: Yevgeny Petrilin <yevgenyp@mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-19 14:57:07 -05:00
Yevgeny Petrilin
58a60168d1 mlx4: capability for link sensing
For ConnectX3 devices, we allow link sensing only if FW explicitly
reported it supports the feature.
For older versions (ConnectX1 and 2), if the card supports both link layer types
(Ethenet and Infiniband), link sensing is supported.

Signed-off-by: Yevgeny Petrilin <yevgenyp@mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-19 14:57:06 -05:00
Johannes Berg
1d8d3dec5f mac80211: handle SMPS action frames
When a peer changes SMPS state we should update
rate control so it doesn't have to detect it by
itself. It can't detect "dynamic" mode anyway
since that just requires rts-cts handshaking.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-12-19 14:40:22 -05:00
Paul Stewart
a85e1d5597 cfg80211: Return beacon loss count in station
If station info contains a beacon loss count, return
it to userspace.

Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-12-19 14:34:13 -05:00
John W. Linville
9662cbc712 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/padovan/bluetooth-next 2011-12-19 14:28:22 -05:00
John W. Linville
9f6e20cee6 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next into for-davem 2011-12-19 13:54:26 -05:00
Martin Schwidefsky
612ef28a04 Merge branch 'sched/core' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip into cputime-tip
Conflicts:
	drivers/cpufreq/cpufreq_conservative.c
	drivers/cpufreq/cpufreq_ondemand.c
	drivers/macintosh/rack-meter.c
	fs/proc/stat.c
	fs/proc/uptime.c
	kernel/sched/core.c
2011-12-19 19:23:15 +01:00
Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk
12275dd4b7 Revert "xen/pv-on-hvm kexec: add xs_reset_watches to shutdown watches from old kernel"
This reverts commit ddacf5ef68.
As when booting the kernel under Amazon EC2 as an HVM guest it ends up
hanging during startup. Reverting this we loose the fix for kexec
booting to the crash kernels.

Fixes Canonical BZ #901305 (http://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/901305)

Tested-by: Alessandro Salvatori <sandr8@gmail.com>
Reported-by:  Stefan Bader <stefan.bader@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Ian Campbell <Ian.Campbell@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
2011-12-19 09:30:35 -05:00
Johan Hedberg
4dad999282 Bluetooth: Add missing mgmt_confirm_name command definition
This patch adds the necessary structs for the Confirm Name command. This
ensures that the protocol definitions are up to date with the latest
mgmt specification. The actual implementation of the command will follow
in a later patch-set.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-19 11:25:04 -02:00
Johan Hedberg
1f8cd0d9d7 Bluetooth: Fix mgmt_(block,unblock)_device opcodes
This patch fixes the opcodes of the Block/Unblock device commands to
match with what user-space expects and to confirm with the latest mgmt
specification. The reason the values were wrong was a missing Confirm
Name command definition (which will be added by a subsequent patch).

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-19 11:25:01 -02:00
Johan Hedberg
d85bb26433 Bluetooth: Add missing confirm_name field to mgmt_ev_device_found
This patch adds a missing confirm_name field to mgmt_ev_device_found.
Support for setting the correct value for this field is not implemented
yet, but having it part of the struct definition ensures that user-space
gets correct sized device_found events and is thereby able to do at
least rudimentary parsing of them.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-19 11:23:47 -02:00
Kusanagi Kouichi
b1b73d0950 time/clocksource: Fix kernel-doc warnings
Fix various KernelDoc build warnings.

Signed-off-by: Kusanagi Kouichi <slash@ac.auone-net.jp>
Cc: John Stultz <johnstul@us.ibm.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20111219091320.0D5AF6FC03D@msa105.auone-net.jp
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2011-12-19 11:41:40 +01:00
Yu Xu
a7250db363 usb: gadget: enlarge maxburst bit width.
For super speed bulk transfer, the max burst size
is 16, so that 4 bits of maxburst cannot store it.

Signed-off-by: Yu Xu <yuxu@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
2011-12-19 12:19:50 +02:00
Andrei Emeltchenko
350ee4cfc0 Bluetooth: Add HCI Read Data Block Size function
Implement block size read function. Use different variables for
packet-based and block-based flow control.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-18 21:34:56 -02:00
Linus Torvalds
390f998509 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi-rc-fixes-2.6
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi-rc-fixes-2.6: (22 commits)
  [SCSI] fcoe: fix fcoe in a DCB environment by adding DCB notifiers to set skb priority
  [SCSI] bnx2i: Fixed kernel panic caused by unprotected task->sc->request deref
  [SCSI] qla4xxx: check for failed conn setup
  [SCSI] qla4xxx: a small loop fix
  [SCSI] qla4xxx: fix flash/ddb support
  [SCSI] zfcp: return early from slave_destroy if slave_alloc returned early
  [SCSI] fcoe: Fix preempt count leak in fcoe_filter_frames()
  [SCSI] qla2xxx: Update version number to 8.03.07.12-k.
  [SCSI] qla2xxx: Submit all chained IOCBs for passthrough commands on request queue 0.
  [SCSI] qla2xxx: Correct fc_host port_state display.
  [SCSI] qla2xxx: Disable generating pause frames when firmware hang detected for ISP82xx.
  [SCSI] qla2xxx: Clear mailbox busy flag during premature mailbox completion for ISP82xx.
  [SCSI] qla2xxx: Encapsulate prematurely completing mailbox commands during ISP82xx firmware hang.
  [SCSI] qla2xxx: Display IPE error message for ISP82xx.
  [SCSI] qla2xxx: Return the correct value for a mailbox command if 82xx is in reset recovery.
  [SCSI] qla2xxx: Enable Minidump by default with default capture mask 0x1f.
  [SCSI] qla2xxx: Stop unconditional completion of mailbox commands issued in interrupt mode during firmware hang.
  [SCSI] qla2xxx: Revert back the request queue mapping to request queue 0.
  [SCSI] qla2xxx: Don't call alloc_fw_dump for ISP82XX.
  [SCSI] qla2xxx: Check for SCSI status on underruns.
  ...
2011-12-18 14:28:31 -08:00
Yongqiang Yang
60e07cf515 ext4: do not reference pa_inode from group_pa
pa_inode in group_pa is set NULL in ext4_mb_new_group_pa, so
pa_inode should be not referenced.

Reported-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Yongqiang Yang <xiaoqiangnk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
2011-12-18 15:49:54 -05:00
Johan Hedberg
f71d5a255f Bluetooth: Update ordering and opcodes of mgmt messages
This patch updates the ordering and opcodes of mgmt messages to match
the latest API specification.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-18 17:42:37 -02:00
Johan Hedberg
7d78525dcf Bluetooth: Add timer for automatically disabling the service cache
We do not want the service cache to be enabled indefinitely after
mgmt_read_info is called. To solve this a timer is added which will
automatically disable the cache if mgmt_set_dev_class isn't called
within 5 seconds of calling mgmt_read_info.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-18 17:41:04 -02:00
Johan Hedberg
14c0b60829 Bluetooth: Remove mgmt_set_service_cache
Instead of having an explicit service cache command we can make the mgmt
API simpler by implicitly enabling the cache when mgmt_read_info is
called for the first time and disabling it when mgmt_set_dev_class is
called.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-18 17:37:26 -02:00
Johan Hedberg
f7c6869ceb Bluetooth: Move mgmt_set_fast_connectable to the right location
Fast connectable is logically after the connectable property so that's
where it should show up in the code as well (it's also after connectable
in the settings bitfield).

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-18 17:34:48 -02:00
Johan Hedberg
69ab39ea5d Bluetooth: Update mgmt_read_info and related mgmt messages
This patch updates the mgmt_read_info and related messages to the latest
management API which uses a bitfield of settings instead of individual
boolean values.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-18 17:34:04 -02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
6d438e335c Bluetooth: Remove work_add and work_del from hci_sysfs
As we run in process context now we don't need worqueue to add e del from
sysfs.

Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-18 17:07:58 -02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
03a0019481 Bluetooth: invert locking order in connect path
This move some checking code that was in l2cap_sock_connect() to
l2cap_chan_connect(). Thus we can invert the lock calls, i.e., call
lock_sock() before hci_dev_lock() to avoid a deadlock scenario.

Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-18 17:07:57 -02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
f878fcad17 Bluetooth: convert info timer to delayed_work
Another step of remove interrupt context from Bluetooth Core.
Use the system workqueue.

Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-18 17:07:57 -02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
3eff45eaf8 Bluetooth: convert tx_task to workqueue
This should simplify Bluetooth core processing a lot.

Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-18 17:07:57 -02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
c347b765fe Bluetooth: Move command task to workqueue
As part of the moving on all the Bluetooth processing to Process context.

Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-18 17:07:57 -02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
bf4c632524 Bluetooth: convert conn hash to RCU
Handling hci_conn_hash with RCU make us avoid some locking and disable
tasklets.

Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-18 17:07:56 -02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
d01b2ff4e6 Bluetooth: convert chan_lock to mutex
spin lock doesn't fit ok anymore on the new code based on workqueues.

Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-18 17:07:56 -02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
721c41812d Bluetooth: Move L2CAP timers to workqueue
L2CAP timers also need to run in process context. As the works in l2cap
are small we are using the system worqueue.

Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-18 17:07:55 -02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
db323f2fff Bluetooth: Use delayed work for advertisiment cache timeout
As HCI rx path is now done in process context it makes sense to do all the
timer in process context as well.

Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-18 17:07:55 -02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
19c40e3bca Bluetooth: Use delayed_work for connection timeout
Bluetooth rx task runs now in a workqueue, so it a good approach run any
timer that share locking with process context code also in a workqueue.

Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-18 17:07:54 -02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
09fd0de5bd Bluetooth: Replace spin_lock by mutex in hci_dev
Now we run everything in HCI in process context, so it's a better idea use
mutex instead spin_lock. The macro remains hci_dev_lock() (and I got rid
of hci_dev_lock_bh()), of course.

Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-18 17:07:54 -02:00
Marcel Holtmann
b78752cc71 Bluetooth: Process recv path in a workqueue instead of a tasklet
Run recv process in workqueue helps a lot with our processing as the recv
path will also be in the process context, i.e., now all our tx and rx are
in process context.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-18 17:07:54 -02:00
Wu Fengguang
83712358ba writeback: dirty ratelimit - think time compensation
Compensate the task's think time when computing the final pause time,
so that ->dirty_ratelimit can be executed accurately.

        think time := time spend outside of balance_dirty_pages()

In the rare case that the task slept longer than the 200ms period time
(result in negative pause time), the sleep time will be compensated in
the following periods, too, if it's less than 1 second.

Accumulated errors are carefully avoided as long as the max pause area
is not hitted.

Pseudo code:

        period = pages_dirtied / task_ratelimit;
        think = jiffies - dirty_paused_when;
        pause = period - think;

1) normal case: period > think

        pause = period - think
        dirty_paused_when = jiffies + pause
        nr_dirtied = 0

                             period time
              |===============================>|
                  think time      pause time
              |===============>|==============>|
        ------|----------------|---------------|------------------------
        dirty_paused_when   jiffies

2) no pause case: period <= think

        don't pause; reduce future pause time by:
        dirty_paused_when += period
        nr_dirtied = 0

                           period time
              |===============================>|
                                  think time
              |===================================================>|
        ------|--------------------------------+-------------------|----
        dirty_paused_when                                       jiffies

Acked-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
2011-12-18 14:20:27 +08:00
Wu Fengguang
2f800fbd77 writeback: fix dirtied pages accounting on redirty
De-account the accumulative dirty counters on page redirty.

Page redirties (very common in ext4) will introduce mismatch between
counters (a) and (b)

a) NR_DIRTIED, BDI_DIRTIED, tsk->nr_dirtied
b) NR_WRITTEN, BDI_WRITTEN

This will introduce systematic errors in balanced_rate and result in
dirty page position errors (ie. the dirty pages are no longer balanced
around the global/bdi setpoints).

Acked-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
2011-12-18 14:20:23 +08:00
Wu Fengguang
54848d73f9 writeback: charge leaked page dirties to active tasks
It's a years long problem that a large number of short-lived dirtiers
(eg. gcc instances in a fast kernel build) may starve long-run dirtiers
(eg. dd) as well as pushing the dirty pages to the global hard limit.

The solution is to charge the pages dirtied by the exited gcc to the
other random dirtying tasks. It sounds not perfect, however should
behave good enough in practice, seeing as that throttled tasks aren't
actually running so those that are running are more likely to pick it up
and get throttled, therefore promoting an equal spread.

Randy: fix compile error: 'dirty_throttle_leaks' undeclared in exit.c

Acked-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
2011-12-18 14:20:20 +08:00
Wu Fengguang
b3bba872dd writeback: show writeback reason with __print_symbolic
This makes the binary trace understandable by trace-cmd.

CC: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com>
CC: Curt Wohlgemuth <curtw@google.com>
CC: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
2011-12-18 14:20:17 +08:00
Eric Dumazet
b3e0bfa71b netfilter: nf_conntrack: use atomic64 for accounting counters
We can use atomic64_t infrastructure to avoid taking a spinlock in fast
path, and remove inaccuracies while reading values in
ctnetlink_dump_counters() and connbytes_mt() on 32bit arches.

Suggested by Pablo.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-18 01:19:19 +01:00
Florian Tobias Schandinat
a4581b35e1 Merge commit 'v3.2-rc6' into fbdev-next 2011-12-17 22:00:49 +00:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
416dc94baa Bluetooth: make hci_conn_enter_sniff_mode static
It isn't used outside hci_conn.c

Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-16 20:51:55 -02:00
Glauber Costa
c607b2ed84 net: fix compilation with !CONFIG_NET
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
CC: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-16 15:35:17 -05:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
dc8ed672ca Bluetooth: Initialize LE connection count
le_num needs to be set to zero.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-16 18:16:14 -02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
01e2821fbe Bluetooth: remove lock from struct conn_hash
It isn't used anywhere.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-16 18:16:14 -02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
2c33c06a8f Bluetooth: remove struct hci_chan_hash
Only the list member of the struct was used, so we now fold it into
hci_conn.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-16 18:16:14 -02:00
Linus Torvalds
2cfab8d74e Merge branch 'drm-intel-fixes' of git://people.freedesktop.org/~keithp/linux
* 'drm-intel-fixes' of git://people.freedesktop.org/~keithp/linux:
  drm/i915/dp: Dither down to 6bpc if it makes the mode fit
  drm/i915: enable semaphores on per-device defaults
  drm/i915: don't set unpin_work if vblank_get fails
  drm/i915: By default, enable RC6 on IVB and SNB when reasonable
  iommu: Export intel_iommu_enabled to signal when iommu is in use
  drm/i915/sdvo: Include LVDS panels for the IS_DIGITAL check
  drm/i915: prevent division by zero when asking for chipset power
  drm/i915: add PCH info to i915_capabilities
  drm/i915: set the right SDVO transcoder for CPT
  drm/i915: no-lvds quirk for ASUS AT5NM10T-I
  drm/i915: Treat pre-gen4 backlight duty cycle value consistently
  drm/i915: Hook up Ivybridge eDP
  drm/i915: add multi-threaded forcewake support
2011-12-16 11:27:56 -08:00
Ben Hutchings
278bc4296b ethtool: Define and apply a default policy for RX flow hash indirection
All drivers that support modification of the RX flow hash indirection
table initialise it in the same way: RX rings are assigned to table
entries in rotation.  Make that default policy explicit by having them
call a ethtool_rxfh_indir_default() function.

In the ethtool core, add support for a zero size value for
ETHTOOL_SRXFHINDIR, which resets the table to this default.

Partly-suggested-by: Matt Carlson <mcarlson@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Acked-by: Shreyas N Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-16 13:53:18 -05:00
Ben Hutchings
7850f63f16 ethtool: Centralise validation of ETHTOOL_{G, S}RXFHINDIR parameters
Add a new ethtool operation (get_rxfh_indir_size) to get the
indirectional table size.  Use this to validate the user buffer size
before calling get_rxfh_indir or set_rxfh_indir.  Use get_rxnfc to get
the number of RX rings, and validate the contents of the new
indirection table before calling set_rxfh_indir.  Remove this
validation from drivers.

Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Acked-by: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-16 13:52:47 -05:00
Ben Hutchings
14596f7006 ethtool: Clarify use of size field for ETHTOOL_GRXFHINDIR
In order to find out the device's RX flow hash table size, ethtool
initially uses ETHTOOL_GRXFHINDIR with a buffer size of zero.  This
must be supported, but it is not necessary to support any other user
buffer size less than the device table size.

Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-16 13:52:47 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov
cbf391958a unix_diag: Receive queue lenght NLA
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-16 13:48:29 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov
2aac7a2cb0 unix_diag: Pending connections IDs NLA
When establishing a unix connection on stream sockets the
server end receives an skb with socket in its receive queue.

Report who is waiting for these ends to be accepted for
listening sockets via NLA.

There's a lokcing issue with this -- the unix sk state lock is
required to access the peer, and it is taken under the listening
sk's queue lock. Strictly speaking the queue lock should be taken
inside the state lock, but since in this case these two sockets
are different it shouldn't lead to deadlock.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-16 13:48:28 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov
ac02be8d96 unix_diag: Unix peer inode NLA
Report the peer socket inode ID as NLA. With this it's finally
possible to find out the other end of an interesting unix connection.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-16 13:48:28 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov
5f7b056946 unix_diag: Unix inode info NLA
Actually, the socket path if it's not anonymous doesn't give
a clue to which file the socket is bound to. Even if the path
is absolute, it can be unlinked and then new socket can be
bound to it.

With this NLA it's possible to check which file a particular
socket is really bound to.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-16 13:48:28 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov
f5248b48a6 unix_diag: Unix socket name NLA
Report the sun_path when requested as NLA. With leading '\0' if
present but without the leading AF_UNIX bits.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-16 13:48:28 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov
22931d3b90 unix_diag: Basic module skeleton
Includes basic module_init/_exit functionality, dump/get_exact stubs
and declares the basic API structures for request and response.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-16 13:48:27 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov
fa7ff56f75 af_unix: Export stuff required for diag module
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-16 13:48:27 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov
f65c1b534b sock_diag: Generalize requests cookies managements
The sk address is used as a cookie between dump/get_exact calls.
It will be required for unix socket sdumping, so move it from
inet_diag to sock_diag.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-16 13:48:27 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov
e7c466e58e sock_diag: Move the SOCK_DIAG_BY_FAMILY cmd declaration
It should belong to sock_diag, not inet_diag.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-16 13:48:27 -05:00
Bastian Blank
e9f0fec3f5 xen: Add xenbus_backend device
Access for xenstored to the event channel and pre-allocated ring is
managed via xenfs.  This adds its own character device featuring mmap
for the ring and an ioctl for the event channel.

Signed-off-by: Bastian Blank <waldi@debian.org>
Acked-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
2011-12-16 13:29:41 -05:00
Linus Torvalds
b0d78ee89c Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.dk/linux-block
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.dk/linux-block:
  block: don't kick empty queue in blk_drain_queue()
  block/swim3: Locking fixes
  loop: Fix discard_alignment default setting
  cfq-iosched: fix cfq_cic_link() race confition
  cfq-iosched: free cic_index if blkio_alloc_blkg_stats fails
  cciss: fix flush cache transfer length
  cciss: Add IRQF_SHARED back in for the non-MSI(X) interrupt handler
  loop: fix loop block driver discard and encryption comment
  block: initialize request_queue's numa node during
2011-12-16 10:05:14 -08:00
Eugeni Dodonov
8bc1f85c02 iommu: Export intel_iommu_enabled to signal when iommu is in use
In i915 driver, we do not enable either rc6 or semaphores on SNB when dmar
is enabled. The new 'intel_iommu_enabled' variable signals when the
iommu code is in operation.

Cc: Ted Phelps <phelps@gnusto.com>
Cc: Peter <pab1612@gmail.com>
Cc: Lukas Hejtmanek <xhejtman@fi.muni.cz>
Cc: Andrew Lutomirski <luto@mit.edu>
CC: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
Cc: Eugeni Dodonov <eugeni.dodonov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Keith Packard <keithp@keithp.com>
2011-12-16 08:49:57 -08:00
Annie Li
9438ce9dbb xen/granttable: Support transitive grants
These allow a domain A which has been granted access on a page of domain B's
memory to issue domain C with a copy-grant on the same page.  This is useful
e.g. for forwarding packets between domains.

Signed-off-by: Annie Li <annie.li@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
2011-12-16 11:25:39 -05:00
Annie Li
6666754b11 xen/granttable: Support sub-page grants
- They can't be used to map the page (so can only be used in a GNTTABOP_copy
  hypercall).
- It's possible to grant access with a finer granularity than whole pages.
- Xen guarantees that they can be revoked quickly (a normal map grant can
  only be revoked with the cooperation of the domain which has been granted
  access).

Signed-off-by: Annie Li <annie.li@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
2011-12-16 11:25:02 -05:00
Luis R. Rodriguez
061acaae76 cfg80211: allow following country IE power for custom regdom cards
By definition WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY was intended to allow the
wiphy to adjust itself to the country IE power information if the
card had no regulatory data but we had no way to tell cfg80211 that if
the card also had its own custom regulatory domain (these are typically
custom world regulatory domains) that we want to follow the country IE's
noted values for power for each channel. We add support for this and
document it.

This is not a critical fix but a performance optimization for cards
with custom regulatory domains that associate to an AP with sends
out country IEs with a higher EIRP than the one on the custom
regulatory domain. In practice the only driver affected right now
are the Atheros drivers as they are the only drivers using both
WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY and WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY --
used on cards that have an Atheros world regulatory domain. Cards
that have been programmed to follow a country specifically will not
follow the country IE power. So although not a stable fix distributions
should consider cherry picking this.

Cc: compat@orbit-lab.org
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Senthilkumar Balasubramanian <senthilb@qca.qualcomm.com>
Reported-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-12-16 09:30:42 -05:00
Arnd Bergmann
5ecdd39f6c Merge branch 'davinci/cleanup' into next/cleanup 2011-12-16 14:20:49 +00:00
Roland Dreier
895f302252 target: Set additional sense length field in sense data
The target code was not setting the additional sense length field in the
sense data it returned, which meant that at least the Linux stack
ignored the ASC/ASCQ fields.  For example, without this patch, on a
tcm_loop device:

    # sg_raw -v /dev/sda 2 0 0 0 0 0

gives

        cdb to send: 02 00 00 00 00 00
    SCSI Status: Check Condition

    Sense Information:
     Fixed format, current;  Sense key: Illegal Request
      Raw sense data (in hex):
            70 00 05 00 00 00 00 00

while after the patch we correctly get the following (which matches what
a regular disk returns):

        cdb to send: 02 00 00 00 00 00
    SCSI Status: Check Condition

    Sense Information:
     Fixed format, current;  Sense key: Illegal Request
     Additional sense: Invalid command operation code
     Raw sense data (in hex):
            70 00 05 00 00 00 00 0a  00 00 00 00 20 00 00 00
            00 00

Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2011-12-16 06:29:04 +00:00
Olof Johansson
02735a29d8 Merge branch 'at91/defconfig' into next/cleanup 2011-12-15 22:02:34 -08:00
Johannes Berg
bdd90d5e36 cfg80211: validate nl80211 station handling better
The nl80211 station handling code is a bit messy
and doesn't do a lot of validation. It seems like
this could be an issue for drivers that don't use
mac80211 to validate everything.

As cfg80211 doesn't keep station state, move the
validation of allowing supported_rates to change
for TDLS only in station mode to mac80211.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-12-15 14:45:45 -05:00
Glauber Costa
888bdaa9b2 Move limit definitions outside CONFIG_INET
They need to be available for other protocols as well, since
they are used in sock.c openly

Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
CC: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-15 11:59:44 -05:00
Martin Schwidefsky
648616343c [S390] cputime: add sparse checking and cleanup
Make cputime_t and cputime64_t nocast to enable sparse checking to
detect incorrect use of cputime. Drop the cputime macros for simple
scalar operations. The conversion macros are still needed.

Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2011-12-15 14:56:19 +01:00
Joerg Roedel
bc21662f72 iommu/amd: Add invalidate-context call-back
This call-back is invoked when the task that is bound to a
pasid is about to exit. The driver can use it to shutdown
all context related to that context in a safe way.

Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
2011-12-15 11:15:39 +01:00
Joerg Roedel
52efdb89d6 iommu/amd: Add amd_iommu_device_info() function
This function can be used to find out which features
necessary for IOMMUv2 usage are available on a given device.

Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
2011-12-15 11:15:29 +01:00
Joerg Roedel
5c11ad95b5 Merge remote-tracking branch 'pci/pri-changes' into x86/amd 2011-12-15 10:46:24 +01:00
Kees Cook
abd63bc3a0 sched: Mark parent and real_parent as __rcu
The parent and real_parent pointers should be considered __rcu,
since they should be held under either tasklist_lock or
rcu_read_lock.

Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20111214223925.GA27578@www.outflux.net
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2011-12-15 08:21:59 +01:00
Ingo Molnar
6a54aebf69 Merge commit 'v3.2-rc5' into sched/core
Merge reason: Pick up the latest fixes.

Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2011-12-15 08:21:30 +01:00
john fastabend
6f6c2aa33b [SCSI] fcoe: fix fcoe in a DCB environment by adding DCB notifiers to set skb priority
Use DCB notifiers to set the skb priority to allow packets
to be steered and tagged correctly over DCB enabled drivers
that setup traffic classes.

This allows queue_mapping() routines to be removed in these
drivers that were previously inspecting the ethertype of
every skb to mark FCoE/FIP frames.

Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
2011-12-15 11:02:07 +04:00
Mike Christie
0c70d84b79 [SCSI] iscsi class: export pid of process that created
There could be multiple userspace entities creating/destroying/
recoverying sessions and also the kernel's iscsi drivers could
be doing this too. If the userspace apps do try to manage the kernel
ones it can get the driver/fw out of sync and cause the user to
loose the root disk, oopses or ping ponging becasue userspace
wants to do one thing but the kernel manager thought we
are trying to do another.

This patch fixes the problem by just exporting the pid of
the entity that created the session. Userspace programs like
iscsid, iscsiadm, iscsistart, qlogic's tools, etc, can then
figure out which sessions they own and only manage them.

Signed-off-by: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
2011-12-15 10:57:40 +04:00
Moger, Babu
2b132577a0 [SCSI] scsi_dh: code cleanup and remove the references to scsi_dev_info
All the handlers have now implemented the match function so We don't need to
use scsi_dev_info any more for matching purposes.

Signed-off-by: Babu Moger <babu.moger@netapp.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
2011-12-15 10:55:00 +04:00
Mark Brown
3c8bedb7e4 mfd: Declare da9052_regmap_config for the bus drivers
Fixes build failures.

Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
2011-12-15 14:52:37 +08:00
Kay Sievers
0706802183 xen-balloon: convert sysdev_class to a regular subsystem
After all sysdev classes are ported to regular driver core entities, the
sysdev implementation will be entirely removed from the kernel.

Cc: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Cc: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
2011-12-14 15:32:50 -08:00
Kay Sievers
fe5ff8b84c edac: convert sysdev_class to a regular subsystem
After all sysdev classes are ported to regular driver core entities, the
sysdev implementation will be entirely removed from the kernel.

Cc: Doug Thompson <dougthompson@xmission.com>
Cc: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Cc: Lucas De Marchi <lucas.demarchi@profusion.mobi>
Cc: Borislav Petkov <borislav.petkov@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
2011-12-14 15:21:07 -08:00
Kay Sievers
ca22e56deb driver-core: implement 'sysdev' functionality for regular devices and buses
All sysdev classes and sysdev devices will converted to regular devices
and buses to properly hook userspace into the event processing.

There is no interesting difference between a 'sysdev' and 'device' which
would justify to roll an entire own subsystem with different userspace
export semantics. Userspace relies on events and generic sysfs subsystem
infrastructure from sysdev devices, which are currently not properly
available.

Every converted sysdev class will create a regular device with the class
name in /sys/devices/system and all registered devices will becom a children
of theses devices.

For compatibility reasons, the sysdev class-wide attributes are created
at this parent device. (Do not copy that logic for anything new, subsystem-
wide properties belong to the subsystem, not to some fake parent device
created in /sys/devices.)

Every sysdev driver is implemented as a simple subsystem interface now,
and no longer called a driver.

After all sysdev classes are ported to regular driver core entities, the
sysdev implementation will be entirely removed from the kernel.

Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
2011-12-14 14:29:38 -08:00
Samuel Ortiz
d646960f79 NFC: Initial LLCP support
This patch is an initial implementation for the NFC Logical Link Control
protocol. It's also known as NFC peer to peer mode.
This is a basic implementation as it lacks SDP (services Discovery
Protocol), frames aggregation support, and frame rejecion parsing.
Follow up patches will implement those missing features.
This code has been tested against a Nexus S phone implementing LLCP 1.0.

Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-12-14 14:50:13 -05:00
Samuel Ortiz
541d920b05 NFC: Set and get DEP general bytes
Without an API for setting and getting the local and remote general bytes,
drivers won't be able to properly establish a DEP link.
This API also allows them to propagate the remote general bytes they get
from the DEP link establishment up to the LLCP layer.

Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-12-14 14:50:13 -05:00
Samuel Ortiz
1ed28f6106 NFC: Add a DEP link control netlink command
NFC-DEP (Data Exchange Protocol) is an NFC MAC layer.
This command allows to enable and disable the DEP link on to which e.g.
LLCP can run.

Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-12-14 14:50:12 -05:00
Samuel Ortiz
7c7cd3bfec NFC: Add tx skb allocation routine
This is a factorization of the current rawsock tx skb allocation routine,
as it will be used by the LLCP code.
We also rename nfc_alloc_skb to nfc_alloc_recv_skb for consistency sake.

Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-12-14 14:50:12 -05:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman
6261ddee70 kref: fix up the kfree build problems
It turns out that some memory allocators use kobjects, which use krefs,
and kref.h was wanting to figure out the address of kfree(), which ended
up in a loop.

kfree was only being needed for a warning to tell the caller that they
were doing something stupid.  Now we just move that warning into the
comments for the functions, which results in a bit more fun as everyone
enjoys digging for people to mock at times of boredom.

So, remove the dependancy of slab.h on kref.h, and fix up the other
include file as well (we really only need bug.h and atomic.h, not
types.h).

Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Oliver Neukum <oneukum@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
2011-12-14 11:19:07 -08:00
Eric Dumazet
f943cbe6fb inet: remove rcu protection on tw_net
commit b099ce2602 (net: Batch inet_twsk_purge) added rcu protection
on tw_net for no obvious reason.

struct net are refcounted anyway since timewait sockets escape from rcu
protected sections. tw_net stay valid for the whole timwait lifetime.

This also removes a lot of sparse errors.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-14 13:34:55 -05:00
Alex Deucher
cd5cfce856 drm/radeon/kms: add some new pci ids
Fixes:
https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=43739

Signed-off-by: Alex Deucher <alexander.deucher@amd.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
2011-12-14 12:29:03 +00:00
Mark Brown
704867ede0 Merge branch 'mfd/da9052' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/broonie/misc into regmap-next 2011-12-14 20:02:09 +08:00
Ashish Jangam
84c99db879 MFD: DA9052/53 MFD core module
The DA9052/53 is a highly integrated PMIC subsystem with supply domain
flexibility to support wide range of high performance application.

It provides voltage regulators, GPIO controller, Touch Screen, RTC, Battery
control and other functionality.

This patch is functionally tested on Samsung SMDKV6410.

Signed-off-by: David Dajun Chen <dchen@diasemi.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Jangam <ashish.jangam@kpitcummins.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
2011-12-14 19:53:32 +08:00
Joerg Roedel
a06ec394c9 Merge branch 'iommu/page-sizes' into x86/amd
Conflicts:
	drivers/iommu/amd_iommu.c
2011-12-14 12:52:09 +01:00
Nicholas Bellinger
4d2300ccff target: Remove extra se_device->execute_task_lock access in fast path
This patch makes __transport_execute_tasks() perform the addition of
tasks to dev->execute_task_list via __transport_add_tasks_from_cmd()
while holding dev->execute_task_lock during normal I/O fast path
submission.

It effectively removes the unnecessary re-acquire of dev->execute_task_lock
during transport_execute_tasks() -> transport_add_tasks_from_cmd() ahead
of calling  __transport_execute_tasks() to queue tasks for the passed
*se_cmd descriptor.

(v2: Re-add goto check_depth usage for multi-task submission for now..)

Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Cc: Joern Engel <joern@logfs.org>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2011-12-14 11:48:46 +00:00
Nicholas Bellinger
65586d51e0 target: Drop se_device TCQ queue_depth usage from I/O path
Historically, pSCSI devices have been the ones that required target-core
to enforce a per se_device->depth_left.  This patch changes target-core
to no longer (by default) enforce a per se_device->depth_left or sleep in
transport_tcq_window_closed() when we out of queue slots for all backend
export cases.

Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Cc: Joern Engel <joern@logfs.org>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2011-12-14 11:42:13 +00:00
Nicholas Bellinger
ec54cc081e target: Remove TFO->check_release_cmd() fabric API caller
Remove the now unused target_core_fabric_ops->check_release_cmd() as
target_core handles this directly for se_cmd->cmd_kref objects now.

Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2011-12-14 11:42:11 +00:00
Nicholas Bellinger
a636078552 target: Add target_submit_cmd() for process context fabric submission
This patch adds a target_submit_cmd() caller that can be used by fabrics
to submit an uninitialized se_cmd descriptor to an struct se_session +
unpacked_lun from workqueue process context.  This call will invoke the
following steps:

- transport_init_se_cmd() to setup se_cmd specific pointers
- Obtain se_cmd->cmd_kref references with target_get_sess_cmd()
- set se_cmd->t_tasks_bidi
- transport_lookup_cmd_lun() to setup struct se_cmd->se_lun from
  the passed unpacked_lun
- transport_generic_allocate_tasks() to setup the passed *cdb, and
- transport_handle_cdb_direct() handle READ dispatch or WRITE
  ready-to-transfer callback to fabric

v2 changes from hch feedback:

*) Add target_sc_flags_table for target_submit_cmd flags
*) Rename bidi parameter to flags, add TARGET_SCF_BIDI_OP
*) Convert checks to BUG_ON
*) Add out_check_cond for transport_send_check_condition_and_sense
   usage

v3 changes:

*) Add TARGET_SCF_ACK_KREF for target_submit_cmd into
   target_get_sess_cmd to determine when the fabric caller is expecting
   a second kref_put() from fabric packet acknowledgement.

Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2011-12-14 11:40:56 +00:00
Nicholas Bellinger
7481deb413 target: Make target_put_sess_cmd use target_release_cmd_kref
This patch moves target_put_sess_cmd() to use a se_cmd->cmd_kref
callback target_release_cmd_kref when performing driver release of
fabric->se_cmd descriptor memory.  It sets the default cmd_kref
count value to '2' within target_get_sess_cmd() setup, and
currently assumes TFO->check_stop_free() usage.

It drops se_tfo->check_release_cmd() usage in the main
transport_release_cmd codepath.

Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2011-12-14 11:38:29 +00:00
Christoph Hellwig
e0a53e70e8 target: remove overagressive ____cacheline_aligned annoations
If we want dynamically allocated objects to be cacheline aligned we need
to tell that to the slab allocator by using the proper flags and not
by liberally sprinkling annotations onto all structures.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2011-12-14 11:28:13 +00:00
Christoph Hellwig
1880807adb target: make the se_task task_state_active a normal bool
There is no need to make task_state_active an atomic_t given that it is
always set under the execute_task_lock so we can make it a simple bool.
Also rename it to t_state_active to be closer to the list it guards,
and make sure all checks before the list addion/removal actually happen
under execute_task_lock.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2011-12-14 11:27:02 +00:00
Christoph Hellwig
41e16e9816 target: remove the se_task task_error_status field
We only reach transport_complete_task once per task, so the test and set on
task_error_status is never going to have an effect.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2011-12-14 11:26:44 +00:00
Christoph Hellwig
ef804a849f target: fold se_task.task_sense into task_flags
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2011-12-14 11:26:27 +00:00
Christoph Hellwig
c4795fb20e target: header reshuffle, part2
This reorganized the headers under include/target into:

 - target_core_base.h stays as is with all target-wide data stuctures and defines
 - target_core_backend.h contains the whole interface to I/O backends
 - target_core_fabric.h contains the whole interface to fabric modules

Except for those only the various configfs macro headers stay around.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2011-12-14 11:26:05 +00:00
Joerg Roedel
175d614673 iommu/amd: Add invalid_ppr callback
This callback can be used to change the PRI response code
sent to a device when a PPR fault fails.

Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
2011-12-14 12:09:39 +01:00
Christoph Hellwig
e26d99aed4 target: reshuffle headers
Create a new headers, drivers/target/target_core_internal.h that is supposed
to hold all target_core-internal prototypes.  Move all non-exported includes
from include/target to it, and merge the smaller prototype-only includes
inside drivers/target into it as well.  Mark functions that were found to
not be called outside their implementation file static.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2011-12-14 08:51:12 +00:00
Ingo Molnar
919b83452b Merge branch 'rcu/next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulmck/linux-rcu into core/rcu 2011-12-14 08:16:43 +01:00
Andrew Lunn
db33f4de99 ARM: Orion: Remove address map info from all platform data structures
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Acked-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@fluxnic.net>
2011-12-13 18:46:56 -05:00
Andrew Lunn
63a9332b23 ARM: Orion: Get address map from plat-orion instead of via platform_data
Use an getter function in plat-orion/addr-map.c to get the address map
structure, rather than pass it to drivers in the platform_data
structures. When the drivers are built for none orion platforms, a
dummy function is provided instead which returns NULL.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Acked-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@fluxnic.net>
2011-12-13 18:46:55 -05:00
Tejun Heo
f1f8cc9465 block, cfq: move icq creation and rq->elv.icq association to block core
Now block layer knows everything necessary to create and associate
icq's with requests.  Move ioc_create_icq() to blk-ioc.c and update
get_request() such that, if elevator_type->icq_size is set, requests
are automatically associated with their matching icq's before
elv_set_request().  io_context reference is also managed by block core
on request alloc/free.

* Only ioprio/cgroup changed handling remains from cfq_get_cic().
  Collapsed into cfq_set_request().

* This removes queue kicking on icq allocation failure (for now).  As
  icq allocation failure is rare and the only effect of queue kicking
  achieved was possibily accelerating queue processing, this change
  shouldn't be noticeable.

  There is a larger underlying problem.  Unlike request allocation,
  icq allocation is not guaranteed to succeed eventually after
  retries.  The number of icq is unbound and thus mempool can't be the
  solution either.  This effectively adds allocation dependency on
  memory free path and thus possibility of deadlock.

  This usually wouldn't happen because icq allocation is not a hot
  path and, even when the condition triggers, it's highly unlikely
  that none of the writeback workers already has icq.

  However, this is still possible especially if elevator is being
  switched under high memory pressure, so we better get it fixed.
  Probably the only solution is just bypassing elevator and appending
  to dispatch queue on any elevator allocation failure.

* Comment added to explain how icq's are managed and synchronized.

This completes cleanup of io_context interface.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2011-12-14 00:33:42 +01:00
Tejun Heo
9b84cacd01 block, cfq: restructure io_cq creation path for io_context interface cleanup
Add elevator_ops->elevator_init_icq_fn() and restructure
cfq_create_cic() and rename it to ioc_create_icq().

The new function expects its caller to pass in io_context, uses
elevator_type->icq_cache, handles generic init, calls the new elevator
operation for elevator specific initialization, and returns pointer to
created or looked up icq.  This leaves cfq_icq_pool variable without
any user.  Removed.

This prepares for io_context interface cleanup and doesn't introduce
any functional difference.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2011-12-14 00:33:42 +01:00
Tejun Heo
7e5a879449 block, cfq: move io_cq exit/release to blk-ioc.c
With kmem_cache managed by blk-ioc, io_cq exit/release can be moved to
blk-ioc too.  The odd ->io_cq->exit/release() callbacks are replaced
with elevator_ops->elevator_exit_icq_fn() with unlinking from both ioc
and q, and freeing automatically handled by blk-ioc.  The elevator
operation only need to perform exit operation specific to the elevator
- in cfq's case, exiting the cfqq's.

Also, clearing of io_cq's on q detach is moved to block core and
automatically performed on elevator switch and q release.

Because the q io_cq points to might be freed before RCU callback for
the io_cq runs, blk-ioc code should remember to which cache the io_cq
needs to be freed when the io_cq is released.  New field
io_cq->__rcu_icq_cache is added for this purpose.  As both the new
field and rcu_head are used only after io_cq is released and the
q/ioc_node fields aren't, they are put into unions.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2011-12-14 00:33:42 +01:00
Tejun Heo
3d3c2379fe block, cfq: move icq cache management to block core
Let elevators set ->icq_size and ->icq_align in elevator_type and
elv_register() and elv_unregister() respectively create and destroy
kmem_cache for icq.

* elv_register() now can return failure.  All callers updated.

* icq caches are automatically named "ELVNAME_io_cq".

* cfq_slab_setup/kill() are collapsed into cfq_init/exit().

* While at it, minor indentation change for iosched_cfq.elevator_name
  for consistency.

This will help moving icq management to block core.  This doesn't
introduce any functional change.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2011-12-14 00:33:42 +01:00
Tejun Heo
a612fddf0d block, cfq: move cfqd->icq_list to request_queue and add request->elv.icq
Most of icq management is about to be moved out of cfq into blk-ioc.
This patch prepares for it.

* Move cfqd->icq_list to request_queue->icq_list

* Make request explicitly point to icq instead of through elevator
  private data.  ->elevator_private[3] is replaced with sub struct elv
  which contains icq pointer and priv[2].  cfq is updated accordingly.

* Meaningless clearing of ->elevator_private[0] removed from
  elv_set_request().  At that point in code, the field was guaranteed
  to be %NULL anyway.

This patch doesn't introduce any functional change.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2011-12-14 00:33:41 +01:00
Tejun Heo
c586980732 block, cfq: reorganize cfq_io_context into generic and cfq specific parts
Currently io_context and cfq logics are mixed without clear boundary.
Most of io_context is independent from cfq but cfq_io_context handling
logic is dispersed between generic ioc code and cfq.

cfq_io_context represents association between an io_context and a
request_queue, which is a concept useful outside of cfq, but it also
contains fields which are useful only to cfq.

This patch takes out generic part and put it into io_cq (io
context-queue) and the rest into cfq_io_cq (cic moniker remains the
same) which contains io_cq.  The following changes are made together.

* cfq_ttime and cfq_io_cq now live in cfq-iosched.c.

* All related fields, functions and constants are renamed accordingly.

* ioc->ioc_data is now "struct io_cq *" instead of "void *" and
  renamed to icq_hint.

This prepares for io_context API cleanup.  Documentation is currently
sparse.  It will be added later.

Changes in this patch are mechanical and don't cause functional
change.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2011-12-14 00:33:41 +01:00
Tejun Heo
22f746e235 block: remove elevator_queue->ops
elevator_queue->ops points to the same ops struct ->elevator_type.ops
is pointing to.  The only effect of caching it in elevator_queue is
shorter notation - it doesn't save any indirect derefence.

Relocate elevator_type->list which used only during module init/exit
to the end of the structure, rename elevator_queue->elevator_type to
->type, and replace elevator_queue->ops with elevator_queue->type.ops.

This doesn't introduce any functional difference.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2011-12-14 00:33:41 +01:00
Tejun Heo
1238033c79 block, cfq: kill cic->key
Now that lazy paths are removed, cfqd_dead_key() is meaningless and
cic->q can be used whereever cic->key is used.  Kill cic->key.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2011-12-14 00:33:40 +01:00
Tejun Heo
b50b636bce block, cfq: kill ioc_gone
Now that cic's are immediately unlinked under both locks, there's no
need to count and drain cic's before module unload.  RCU callback
completion is waited with rcu_barrier().

While at it, remove residual RCU operations on cic_list.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2011-12-14 00:33:39 +01:00
Tejun Heo
b9a1920837 block, cfq: remove delayed unlink
Now that all cic's are immediately unlinked from both ioc and queue,
lazy dropping from lookup path and trimming on elevator unregister are
unnecessary.  Kill them and remove now unused elevator_ops->trim().

This also leaves call_for_each_cic() without any user.  Removed.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2011-12-14 00:33:39 +01:00
Tejun Heo
b2efa05265 block, cfq: unlink cfq_io_context's immediately
cic is association between io_context and request_queue.  A cic is
linked from both ioc and q and should be destroyed when either one
goes away.  As ioc and q both have their own locks, locking becomes a
bit complex - both orders work for removal from one but not from the
other.

Currently, cfq tries to circumvent this locking order issue with RCU.
ioc->lock nests inside queue_lock but the radix tree and cic's are
also protected by RCU allowing either side to walk their lists without
grabbing lock.

This rather unconventional use of RCU quickly devolves into extremely
fragile convolution.  e.g. The following is from cfqd going away too
soon after ioc and q exits raced.

 general protection fault: 0000 [#1] PREEMPT SMP
 CPU 2
 Modules linked in:
 [   88.503444]
 Pid: 599, comm: hexdump Not tainted 3.1.0-rc10-work+ #158 Bochs Bochs
 RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff81397628>]  [<ffffffff81397628>] cfq_exit_single_io_context+0x58/0xf0
 ...
 Call Trace:
  [<ffffffff81395a4a>] call_for_each_cic+0x5a/0x90
  [<ffffffff81395ab5>] cfq_exit_io_context+0x15/0x20
  [<ffffffff81389130>] exit_io_context+0x100/0x140
  [<ffffffff81098a29>] do_exit+0x579/0x850
  [<ffffffff81098d5b>] do_group_exit+0x5b/0xd0
  [<ffffffff81098de7>] sys_exit_group+0x17/0x20
  [<ffffffff81b02f2b>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b

The only real hot path here is cic lookup during request
initialization and avoiding extra locking requires very confined use
of RCU.  This patch makes cic removal from both ioc and request_queue
perform double-locking and unlink immediately.

* From q side, the change is almost trivial as ioc->lock nests inside
  queue_lock.  It just needs to grab each ioc->lock as it walks
  cic_list and unlink it.

* From ioc side, it's a bit more difficult because of inversed lock
  order.  ioc needs its lock to walk its cic_list but can't grab the
  matching queue_lock and needs to perform unlock-relock dancing.

  Unlinking is now wholly done from put_io_context() and fast path is
  optimized by using the queue_lock the caller already holds, which is
  by far the most common case.  If the ioc accessed multiple devices,
  it tries with trylock.  In unlikely cases of fast path failure, it
  falls back to full double-locking dance from workqueue.

Double-locking isn't the prettiest thing in the world but it's *far*
simpler and more understandable than RCU trick without adding any
meaningful overhead.

This still leaves a lot of now unnecessary RCU logics.  Future patches
will trim them.

-v2: Vivek pointed out that cic->q was being dereferenced after
     cic->release() was called.  Updated to use local variable @this_q
     instead.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2011-12-14 00:33:39 +01:00
Tejun Heo
dc86900e0a block, cfq: move ioc ioprio/cgroup changed handling to cic
ioprio/cgroup change was handled by marking the changed state in ioc
and, on the following access to the ioc, performing RCU-protected
iteration through all cic's grabbing the matching queue_lock.

This patch moves the changed state to each cic.  When ioprio or cgroup
changes, the respective bit is set on all cic's of the ioc and when
each of those cic (not ioc) is accessed, change is applied for that
specific ioc-queue pair.

This also fixes the following two race conditions between setting and
clearing of changed states.

* Missing barrier between assign/load of ioprio and ioprio_changed
  allowed applying old ioprio.

* Change requests could happen between application of change and
  clearing of changed variables.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2011-12-14 00:33:38 +01:00
Tejun Heo
283287a52e block, cfq: misc updates to cfq_io_context
Make the following changes to prepare for ioc/cic management cleanup.

* Add cic->q so that ioc can determine the associated queue without
  querying cfq.  This will eventually replace ->key.

* Factor out cfq_release_cic() from cic_free_func().  This function
  assumes that the caller handled locking.

* Rename __cfq_exit_single_io_context() to cfq_exit_cic() and make it
  take only @cic.

* Restructure cfq_cic_link() for future updates.

This patch doesn't introduce any functional changes.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2011-12-14 00:33:38 +01:00
Tejun Heo
09ac46c429 block: misc updates to blk_get_queue()
* blk_get_queue() is peculiar in that it returns 0 on success and 1 on
  failure instead of 0 / -errno or boolean.  Update it such that it
  returns %true on success and %false on failure.

* Make sure the caller checks for the return value.

* Separate out __blk_get_queue() which doesn't check whether @q is
  dead and put it in blk.h.  This will be used later.

This patch doesn't introduce any functional changes.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2011-12-14 00:33:38 +01:00
Tejun Heo
6e736be7f2 block: make ioc get/put interface more conventional and fix race on alloction
Ignoring copy_io() during fork, io_context can be allocated from two
places - current_io_context() and set_task_ioprio().  The former is
always called from local task while the latter can be called from
different task.  The synchornization between them are peculiar and
dubious.

* current_io_context() doesn't grab task_lock() and assumes that if it
  saw %NULL ->io_context, it would stay that way until allocation and
  assignment is complete.  It has smp_wmb() between alloc/init and
  assignment.

* set_task_ioprio() grabs task_lock() for assignment and does
  smp_read_barrier_depends() between "ioc = task->io_context" and "if
  (ioc)".  Unfortunately, this doesn't achieve anything - the latter
  is not a dependent load of the former.  ie, if ioc itself were being
  dereferenced "ioc->xxx", it would mean something (not sure what tho)
  but as the code currently stands, the dependent read barrier is
  noop.

As only one of the the two test-assignment sequences is task_lock()
protected, the task_lock() can't do much about race between the two.
Nothing prevents current_io_context() and set_task_ioprio() allocating
its own ioc for the same task and overwriting the other's.

Also, set_task_ioprio() can race with exiting task and create a new
ioc after exit_io_context() is finished.

ioc get/put doesn't have any reason to be complex.  The only hot path
is accessing the existing ioc of %current, which is simple to achieve
given that ->io_context is never destroyed as long as the task is
alive.  All other paths can happily go through task_lock() like all
other task sub structures without impacting anything.

This patch updates ioc get/put so that it becomes more conventional.

* alloc_io_context() is replaced with get_task_io_context().  This is
  the only interface which can acquire access to ioc of another task.
  On return, the caller has an explicit reference to the object which
  should be put using put_io_context() afterwards.

* The functionality of current_io_context() remains the same but when
  creating a new ioc, it shares the code path with
  get_task_io_context() and always goes through task_lock().

* get_io_context() now means incrementing ref on an ioc which the
  caller already has access to (be that an explicit refcnt or implicit
  %current one).

* PF_EXITING inhibits creation of new io_context and once
  exit_io_context() is finished, it's guaranteed that both ioc
  acquisition functions return %NULL.

* All users are updated.  Most are trivial but
  smp_read_barrier_depends() removal from cfq_get_io_context() needs a
  bit of explanation.  I suppose the original intention was to ensure
  ioc->ioprio is visible when set_task_ioprio() allocates new
  io_context and installs it; however, this wouldn't have worked
  because set_task_ioprio() doesn't have wmb between init and install.
  There are other problems with this which will be fixed in another
  patch.

* While at it, use NUMA_NO_NODE instead of -1 for wildcard node
  specification.

-v2: Vivek spotted contamination from debug patch.  Removed.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2011-12-14 00:33:38 +01:00
Tejun Heo
42ec57a8f6 block: misc ioc cleanups
* int return from put_io_context() wasn't used by anybody.  Make it
  return void like other put functions and docbook-fy the function
  comment.

* Reorder dummy declarations for !CONFIG_BLOCK case a bit.

* Make alloc_ioc_context() use __GFP_ZERO allocation, take init out of
  if block and drop 0'ing.

* Docbook-fy current_io_context() comment.

This patch doesn't introduce any functional change.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2011-12-14 00:33:37 +01:00
Tejun Heo
a73f730d01 block, cfq: move cfqd->cic_index to q->id
cfq allocates per-queue id using ida and uses it to index cic radix
tree from io_context.  Move it to q->id and allocate on queue init and
free on queue release.  This simplifies cfq a bit and will allow for
further improvements of io context life-cycle management.

This patch doesn't introduce any functional difference.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2011-12-14 00:33:37 +01:00
Tejun Heo
34f6055c80 block: add blk_queue_dead()
There are a number of QUEUE_FLAG_DEAD tests.  Add blk_queue_dead()
macro and use it.

This patch doesn't introduce any functional difference.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2011-12-14 00:33:37 +01:00
Tejun Heo
1ba64edef6 block, sx8: kill blk_insert_request()
The only user left for blk_insert_request() is sx8 and it can be
trivially switched to use blk_execute_rq_nowait() - special requests
aren't included in io stat and sx8 doesn't use block layer tagging.
Switch sx8 and kill blk_insert_requeset().

This patch doesn't introduce any functional difference.

Only compile tested.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2011-12-14 00:33:37 +01:00
Grant Likely
15182f6364 Merge branch 'pl022' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linusw/linux-stericsson into gpio/next 2011-12-13 15:56:34 -07:00
David S. Miller
5c3ddec73d net: Remove unused neighbour layer ops.
It's simpler to just keep these things out until there is a real user
of them, so we can see what the needs actually are, rather than keep
these things around as useless overhead.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-13 16:44:22 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
084455524f bcma: use static keyword for inline function declaration in bcma.h
Just scratching an itch here, but it makes more sense to use the
static keyword if you think about how the compiler treats inline
functions.

Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Alwin Beukers <alwin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-12-13 15:31:27 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
9d08f10d35 bcma: add set/mask macros for 16-bit register access
The BCMA header only had definitions for 32-bit register access. Used
those as a template for the 16-bit flavour. Also changed them to inline
functions to be on the safe side. As offset parameter is used twice there
would be a problem when used like this: bcma_set32(core, offset++, val);

Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Alwin Beukers <alwin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-12-13 15:31:24 -05:00
Rafał Miłecki
aee5ed563d bcma: extract FEM info from SPROM
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-12-13 15:30:52 -05:00
Rafał Miłecki
8a5ac6ecd5 ssb: extract FEM info from SPROM
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-12-13 15:30:49 -05:00
Helmut Schaa
8cb25e14fe ieee80211: Introduce ieee80211_is_first_frag
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-12-13 15:30:40 -05:00
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan
adbde344dc cfg80211: Fix race in bss timeout
It is quite possible to run into a race in bss timeout where
the drivers see the bss entry just before notifying cfg80211
of a roaming event but it got timed out by the time rdev->event_work
got scehduled from cfg80211_wq. This would result in the following
WARN-ON() along with the failure to notify the user space of
the roaming. The other situation which is happening with ath6kl
that runs into issue is when the driver reports roam to same AP
event where the AP bss entry already got expired. To fix this,
move cfg80211_get_bss() from __cfg80211_roamed() to cfg80211_roamed().

[158645.538384] WARNING: at net/wireless/sme.c:586
__cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1()
[158645.538810] Call Trace:
[158645.538838]  [<c1033527>] warn_slowpath_common+0x65/0x7a
[158645.538917]  [<c14cfacf>] ? __cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1
[158645.538946]  [<c103354b>] warn_slowpath_null+0xf/0x13
[158645.539055]  [<c14cfacf>] __cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1
[158645.539086]  [<c14beb5b>] cfg80211_process_rdev_events+0x153/0x1cc
[158645.539166]  [<c14bd57b>] cfg80211_event_work+0x26/0x36
[158645.539195]  [<c10482ae>] process_one_work+0x219/0x38b
[158645.539273]  [<c14bd555>] ? wiphy_new+0x419/0x419
[158645.539301]  [<c10486cb>] worker_thread+0xf6/0x1bf
[158645.539379]  [<c10485d5>] ? rescuer_thread+0x1b5/0x1b5
[158645.539407]  [<c104b3e2>] kthread+0x62/0x67
[158645.539484]  [<c104b380>] ? __init_kthread_worker+0x42/0x42
[158645.539514]  [<c151309a>] kernel_thread_helper+0x6/0xd

Reported-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-12-13 15:30:28 -05:00
Jack Morgenstein
ab9c17a009 mlx4_core: Modify driver initialization flow to accommodate SRIOV for Ethernet
1. Added module parameters sr_iov and probe_vf for controlling enablement of
   SRIOV mode.
2. Increased default max num-qps, num-mpts and log_num_macs to accomodate
   SRIOV mode
3. Added port_type_array as a module parameter to allow driver startup with
   ports configured as desired.
   In SRIOV mode, only ETH is supported, and this array is ignored; otherwise,
   for the case where the FW supports both port types (ETH and IB), the
   port_type_array parameter is used.
   By default, the port_type_array is set to configure both ports as IB.
4. When running in sriov mode, the master needs to initialize the ICM eq table
   to hold the eq's for itself and also for all the slaves.
5. mlx4_set_port_mask() now invoked from mlx4_init_hca, instead of in mlx4_dev_cap.
6. Introduced sriov VF (slave) device startup/teardown logic (mainly procedures
   mlx4_init_slave, mlx4_slave_exit, mlx4_slave_cap, mlx4_slave_exit and flow
   modifications in __mlx4_init_one, mlx4_init_hca, and mlx4_setup_hca).
   VFs obtain their startup information from the PF (master) device via the
   comm channel.
7. In SRIOV mode (both PF and VF), MSI_X must be enabled, or the driver
   aborts loading the device.
8. Do not allow setting port type via sysfs when running in SRIOV mode.
9. mlx4_get_ownership:  Currently, only one PF is supported by the driver.
   If the HCA is burned with FW which enables more than one PF, only one
   of the PFs is allowed to run.  The first one up grabs a FW ownership
   semaphone -- all other PFs will find that semaphore taken, and the
   driver will not allow them to run.

Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Yevgeny Petrilin <yevgenyp@mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Liran Liss <liranl@mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Apfelbaum <marcela@mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-13 13:56:08 -05:00
Marcel Apfelbaum
2b8fb2867c mlx4_core: mtts resources units changed to offset
In the previous implementation mtts are managed by:
1. order     - log(mtt segments), 'mtt segment' groups several mtts together.
2. first_seg - segment location relative to mtt table.
In the current implementation:
1. order     - log(mtts) rather than segments
2. offset    - mtt index in mtt table

Note: The actual mtt allocation is made in segments but it is
      transparent to callers.

Rational: The mtt resource holders are not interested on how the allocation
          of mtt is done, but rather on how they will use it.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Apfelbaum <marcela@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-13 13:56:07 -05:00
Eugenia Emantayev
ffe455ad04 mlx4: Ethernet port management modifications
The physical port is now common to the PF and VFs.
The port resources and configuration is managed by the PF, VFs can
only influence the MTU of the port, it is set as max among all functions,
Each function allocates RX buffers of required size to meet it's MTU enforcement.
Port management code was moved to mlx4_core, as the mlx4_en module is
virtualization unaware

Move handling qp functionality to mlx4_get_eth_qp/mlx4_put_eth_qp
including reserve/release range and add/release unicast steering.
Let mlx4_register/unregister_mac deal only with MAC (un)registration.

Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Yevgeny Petrilin <yevgenyp@mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-13 13:56:07 -05:00
Jack Morgenstein
f5311ac109 mlx4_core: Reduce number of PD bits to 17
When SRIOV is enabled on the chip (at FW burning time),
the HCA uses only 17 bits for the PD. The remaining 7 high-order bits
are ignored.

Change the allocator to return only 17 bits for the PD.  The MSB 7
bits will be used to encode the slave number for consistency
checking later on in the resource tracker.

Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-13 13:56:05 -05:00
Jack Morgenstein
f9baff509f mlx4_core: Add "native" argument to mlx4_cmd and its callers (where needed)
For SRIOV, some Hypervisor commands can be executed directly (native = 1).
Others should go through the command wrapper flow (for tracking resource
usage, for example, or for changing some HCA configurations that slaves
need to be notified of).

This patch sets the groundwork for this capability -- adding the correct
value of "native" in each case.

Note that if SRIOV is not activated, this parameter has no effect.

Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-13 13:56:05 -05:00
Jack Morgenstein
65dab25deb mlx4: Extanding port_mask functionality
Port mask now has additional state.
Port can be set as "none". In this case neither the mlx4_en or mlx4_ib
drivers take ownership of the port.
In multifunction mode there is an option to set the vfs as single ported devices.
(in single function mode, both physical ports belong to same function)

Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Yevgeny Petrilin <yevgenyp@mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-13 13:56:05 -05:00
Jack Morgenstein
623ed84b1f mlx4_core: initial header-file changes for SRIOV support
These changes will not affect module operation as yet. They
are only to get some structs and enums in place for use by
subsequent patches (making those smaller).

Added here:
* sriov state structs and inlines (mlx4_is_master/slave/mfunc)
* comm-channel and vhcr support structures
* enum values for new FW and comm-channel virtual commands
  (i.e., commands, passed via the comm channel to the PF-driver).
* prototypes for many command wrapper functions (used by the
  PF context for processing FW commands passed to it by the VFs).
* struct mlx4_eqe is moved from eq.c to mlx4.h (it will be used
  by other mlx4_core source files).

Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-13 13:56:05 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
9f048bfba1 net: fix build error if CONFIG_CGROUPS=n
Reported-by: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-13 13:45:17 -05:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman
121a8cdd79 Merge branch 'for-next/gadget' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/balbi/usb into usb-next
* 'for-next/gadget' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/balbi/usb: (50 commits)
  usb: renesas_usbhs: show error reason on usbhsh_urb_enqueu()
  usb: renesas_usbhs: add force packet remove method
  usb: renesas_usbhs: care usb_hcd_giveback_urb() status
  usb: renesas_usbhs: add usbhsh_is_running()
  usb: renesas_usbhs: disable attch irq after device attached
  usb: renesas_usbhs: care pipe sequence
  usb: renesas_usbhs: add usbhs_pipe_attach() method
  usb: renesas_usbhs: add usbhsh_endpoint_detach_all() for error case
  usb: renesas_usbhs: modify device attach method
  usb: renesas_usbhs: pop packet when urb dequeued
  usb: renesas_usbhs: add lost error value when enqueue
  usb: gadget: mv_udc: replace some debug info
  usb: gadget: mv_udc: refine suspend/resume function
  usb: gadget: mv_udc: refine the clock relative code
  usb: gadget: mv_udc: disable ISR when stopped
  usb: gadget: mv_udc: add otg relative code
  usb: gadget: Use kcalloc instead of kzalloc to allocate array
  usb: renesas_usbhs: remove the_controller_link
  usb: renesas_usbhs: add test-mode support
  usb: renesas_usbhs: call usbhsg_queue_pop() when pipe disable.
  ...
2011-12-13 09:37:40 -08:00
Peter Zijlstra
3c8ed88974 kref: Remove the memory barriers
Commit 1b0b3b9980 ("kref: fix CPU ordering with respect to krefs")
wrongly adds memory barriers to kref.

It states:

  some atomic operations are only atomic, not ordered. Thus a CPU is allowed
  to reorder memory references to an object to before the reference is
  obtained. This fixes it.

While true, it fails to show why this is a problem. I say it is not a
problem because if there is a race with kref_put() such that we could
end up referencing a free'd object without this memory barrier, we
would still have that race with the memory barrier.

The kref_put() in question could complete (and free the object) before
the atomic_inc() and we'd still be up shit creek.

The kref_init() case is even worse, if your object is published at this
time you're so wrong the memory barrier won't make a difference what
so ever. If its not published, the act of publishing should include
the needed barriers/locks to make sure all writes prior to the act of
publishing are complete such that others will only observe a complete
object.

Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Oliver Neukum <oneukum@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
2011-12-13 09:11:19 -08:00
Peter Zijlstra
47dbd7d90a kref: Implement kref_put in terms of kref_sub
Less lines of code is better.

Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
2011-12-13 08:41:43 -08:00
Peter Zijlstra
4af679cd7c kref: Inline all functions
These are tiny functions, there's no point in having them out-of-line.

Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/n/tip-8eccvi2ur2fzgi00xdjlbf5z@git.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
2011-12-13 08:18:25 -08:00
David Howells
1632b9e2a1 UAPI: Split trivial #if defined(__KERNEL__) && X conditionals
Split trivial #if defined(__KERNEL__) && X conditionals to make automated
disintegration easier.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2011-12-13 15:07:49 +00:00
David Howells
fdc29805bd UAPI: Don't have a #elif clause in a __KERNEL__ guard in linux/soundcard.h
Don't have a #elif clause in a __KERNEL__ guard in linux/soundcard.h to make
parsing easier.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2011-12-13 15:07:49 +00:00
David Howells
989e986f5b UAPI: Fix AHZ multiple inclusion when __KERNEL__ is removed
Fix AHZ multiple inclusion when __KERNEL__ is removed as part of the separation
of the userspace headers from the kernel headers.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2011-12-13 15:07:49 +00:00
David Howells
a648bd0c9f UAPI: Make linux/patchkey.h easier to parse
Make linux/patchkey.h easier to parse by making the #elif case associated with
the __KERNEL__ guard a nested #if in a #else of the __KERNEL__ guard.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2011-12-13 15:07:49 +00:00
John Muir
451d0f5999 FUSE: Notifying the kernel of deletion.
Allows a FUSE file-system to tell the kernel when a file or directory is
deleted. If the specified dentry has the specified inode number, the kernel will
unhash it.

The current 'fuse_notify_inval_entry' does not cause the kernel to clean up
directories that are in use properly, and as a result the users of those
directories see incorrect semantics from the file-system. The error condition
seen when 'fuse_notify_inval_entry' is used to notify of a deleted directory is
avoided when 'fuse_notify_delete' is used instead.

The following scenario demonstrates the difference:
1. User A chdirs into 'testdir' and starts reading 'testfile'.
2. User B rm -rf 'testdir'.
3. User B creates 'testdir'.
4. User C chdirs into 'testdir'.

If you run the above within the same machine on any file-system (including fuse
file-systems), there is no problem: user C is able to chdir into the new
testdir. The old testdir is removed from the dentry tree, but still open by user
A.

If operations 2 and 3 are performed via the network such that the fuse
file-system uses one of the notify functions to tell the kernel that the nodes
are gone, then the following error occurs for user C while user A holds the
original directory open:

muirj@empacher:~> ls /test/testdir
ls: cannot access /test/testdir: No such file or directory

The issue here is that the kernel still has a dentry for testdir, and so it is
requesting the attributes for the old directory, while the file-system is
responding that the directory no longer exists.

If on the other hand, if the file-system can notify the kernel that the
directory is deleted using the new 'fuse_notify_delete' function, then the above
ls will find the new directory as expected.

Signed-off-by: John Muir <john@jmuir.com>
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
2011-12-13 11:58:49 +01:00
Miklos Szeredi
b18da0c56e fuse: support ioctl on directories
Multiplexing filesystems may want to support ioctls on the underlying
files and directores (e.g. FS_IOC_{GET,SET}FLAGS).

Ioctl support on directories was missing so add it now.

Reported-by: Antonio SJ Musumeci <bile@landofbile.com>
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
2011-12-13 11:58:49 +01:00
David Howells
e9356f4da3 UAPI: Fix nested __KERNEL__ guards in video/edid.h
Fix nested __KERNEL__ guards in video/edid.h to make parsing easier.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2011-12-13 09:26:45 +00:00
David Howells
fde2845135 UAPI: Guard linux/cuda.h
Place reinclusion guards on linux/cuda.h otherwise the UAPI splitter script
won't insert a #include to make the kernel header include the UAPI header.
 
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2011-12-13 09:26:45 +00:00
David Howells
6c9f2ef9b5 UAPI: Guard linux/pmu.h
Place reinclusion guards on linux/pmu.h otherwise the UAPI splitter won't
insert the #include to include the UAPI header from the kernel header.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2011-12-13 09:26:45 +00:00
David Howells
c15a48d606 UAPI: Guard linux/isdn_divertif.h
Place reinclusion guards on linux/isdn_divertif.h otherwise the UAPI splitter
script won't insert the #include to include the UAPI header from the kernel
header.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2011-12-13 09:26:45 +00:00
David Howells
6682bb86fe UAPI: Guard linux/sound.h
Place reinclusion guards on linux/sound.h otherwise the UAPI splitter script
won't insert a #include to make the kernel header include the UAPI header.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2011-12-13 09:26:45 +00:00
David Howells
3d7f1dc195 UAPI: Rearrange definition of HZ in asm-generic/param.h
Rearrange the definition of HZ in asm-generic/param.h so that the user-specific
is declared before the kernel-specific one.  We then explicitly #undef the
userspace HZ value and replace it with the kernel HZ value.

This allows the userspace params to be excised into a separate header as part
of the UAPI header split.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
2011-12-13 09:26:45 +00:00
Linus Torvalds
13c07b0286 linux/log2.h: Fix rounddown_pow_of_two(1)
Exactly like roundup_pow_of_two(1), the rounddown version was buggy for
the case of a compile-time constant '1' argument.  Probably because it
originated from the same code, sharing history with the roundup version
from before the bugfix (for that one, see commit 1a06a52ee1b0: "Fix
roundup_pow_of_two(1)").

However, unlike the roundup version, the fix for rounddown is to just
remove the broken special case entirely.  It's simply not needed - the
generic code

    1UL << ilog2(n)

does the right thing for the constant '1' argment too.  The only reason
roundup needed that special case was because rounding up does so by
subtracting one from the argument (and then adding one to the result)
causing the obvious problems with "ilog2(0)".

But rounddown doesn't do any of that, since ilog2() naturally truncates
(ie "rounds down") to the right rounded down value.  And without the
ilog2(0) case, there's no reason for the special case that had the wrong
value.

tl;dr: rounddown_pow_of_two(1) should be 1, not 0.

Acked-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@vmware.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-12-12 22:06:55 -08:00
Linus Torvalds
71fe5ccac7 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/cjb/mmc
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/cjb/mmc:
  mmc: core: Fix deadlock when the CONFIG_MMC_UNSAFE_RESUME is not defined
  mmc: sdhci-s3c: Remove old and misprototyped suspend operations
  mmc: tmio: fix clock gating on platforms with a .set_pwr() method
  mmc: sh_mmcif: fix clock gating on platforms with a .down_pwr() method
  mmc: core: Fix typo at mmc_card_sleep
  mmc: core: Fix power_off_notify during suspend
  mmc: core: Fix setting power notify state variable for non-eMMC
  mmc: core: Add quirk for long data read time
  mmc: Add module.h include to sdhci-cns3xxx.c
  mmc: mxcmmc: fix falling back to PIO
  mmc: omap_hsmmc: DMA unmap only once in case of MMC error
2011-12-12 20:06:13 -08:00
Tejun Heo
494c167cf7 cgroup: kill subsys->can_attach_task(), pre_attach() and attach_task()
These three methods are no longer used.  Kill them.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paul Menage <paul@paulmenage.org>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
2011-12-12 18:12:22 -08:00
Tejun Heo
2f7ee5691e cgroup: introduce cgroup_taskset and use it in subsys->can_attach(), cancel_attach() and attach()
Currently, there's no way to pass multiple tasks to cgroup_subsys
methods necessitating the need for separate per-process and per-task
methods.  This patch introduces cgroup_taskset which can be used to
pass multiple tasks and their associated cgroups to cgroup_subsys
methods.

Three methods - can_attach(), cancel_attach() and attach() - are
converted to use cgroup_taskset.  This unifies passed parameters so
that all methods have access to all information.  Conversions in this
patchset are identical and don't introduce any behavior change.

-v2: documentation updated as per Paul Menage's suggestion.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paul Menage <paul@paulmenage.org>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Balbir Singh <bsingharora@gmail.com>
Cc: Daisuke Nishimura <nishimura@mxp.nes.nec.co.jp>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
2011-12-12 18:12:21 -08:00
Tejun Heo
77e4ef99d1 threadgroup: extend threadgroup_lock() to cover exit and exec
threadgroup_lock() protected only protected against new addition to
the threadgroup, which was inherently somewhat incomplete and
problematic for its only user cgroup.  On-going migration could race
against exec and exit leading to interesting problems - the symmetry
between various attach methods, task exiting during method execution,
->exit() racing against attach methods, migrating task switching basic
properties during exec and so on.

This patch extends threadgroup_lock() such that it protects against
all three threadgroup altering operations - fork, exit and exec.  For
exit, threadgroup_change_begin/end() calls are added to exit_signals
around assertion of PF_EXITING.  For exec, threadgroup_[un]lock() are
updated to also grab and release cred_guard_mutex.

With this change, threadgroup_lock() guarantees that the target
threadgroup will remain stable - no new task will be added, no new
PF_EXITING will be set and exec won't happen.

The next patch will update cgroup so that it can take full advantage
of this change.

-v2: beefed up comment as suggested by Frederic.

-v3: narrowed scope of protection in exit path as suggested by
     Frederic.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Paul Menage <paul@paulmenage.org>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-12-12 18:12:21 -08:00
Tejun Heo
257058ae2b threadgroup: rename signal->threadgroup_fork_lock to ->group_rwsem
Make the following renames to prepare for extension of threadgroup
locking.

* s/signal->threadgroup_fork_lock/signal->group_rwsem/
* s/threadgroup_fork_read_lock()/threadgroup_change_begin()/
* s/threadgroup_fork_read_unlock()/threadgroup_change_end()/
* s/threadgroup_fork_write_lock()/threadgroup_lock()/
* s/threadgroup_fork_write_unlock()/threadgroup_unlock()/

This patch doesn't cause any behavior change.

-v2: Rename threadgroup_change_done() to threadgroup_change_end() per
     KAMEZAWA's suggestion.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Paul Menage <paul@paulmenage.org>
2011-12-12 18:12:21 -08:00
Hagen Paul Pfeifer
90b41a1cd4 netem: add cell concept to simulate special MAC behavior
This extension can be used to simulate special link layer
characteristics. Simulate because packet data is not modified, only the
calculation base is changed to delay a packet based on the original
packet size and artificial cell information.

packet_overhead can be used to simulate a link layer header compression
scheme (e.g. set packet_overhead to -20) or with a positive
packet_overhead value an additional MAC header can be simulated. It is
also possible to "replace" the 14 byte Ethernet header with something
else.

cell_size and cell_overhead can be used to simulate link layer schemes,
based on cells, like some TDMA schemes. Another application area are MAC
schemes using a link layer fragmentation with a (small) header each.
Cell size is the maximum amount of data bytes within one cell. Cell
overhead is an additional variable to change the per-cell-overhead
(e.g.  5 byte header per fragment).

Example (5 kbit/s, 20 byte per packet overhead, cell-size 100 byte, per
cell overhead 5 byte):

  tc qdisc add dev eth0 root netem rate 5kbit 20 100 5

Signed-off-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-12 19:44:48 -05:00
Glauber Costa
3aaabe2342 tcp buffer limitation: per-cgroup limit
This patch uses the "tcp.limit_in_bytes" field of the kmem_cgroup to
effectively control the amount of kernel memory pinned by a cgroup.

This value is ignored in the root cgroup, and in all others,
caps the value specified by the admin in the net namespaces'
view of tcp_sysctl_mem.

If namespaces are being used, the admin is allowed to set a
value bigger than cgroup's maximum, the same way it is allowed
to set pretty much unlimited values in a real box.

Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-12 19:04:11 -05:00
Glauber Costa
3dc43e3e4d per-netns ipv4 sysctl_tcp_mem
This patch allows each namespace to independently set up
its levels for tcp memory pressure thresholds. This patch
alone does not buy much: we need to make this values
per group of process somehow. This is achieved in the
patches that follows in this patchset.

Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-12 19:04:11 -05:00
Glauber Costa
d1a4c0b37c tcp memory pressure controls
This patch introduces memory pressure controls for the tcp
protocol. It uses the generic socket memory pressure code
introduced in earlier patches, and fills in the
necessary data in cg_proto struct.

Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujtisu.com>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-12 19:04:10 -05:00
Glauber Costa
e1aab161e0 socket: initial cgroup code.
The goal of this work is to move the memory pressure tcp
controls to a cgroup, instead of just relying on global
conditions.

To avoid excessive overhead in the network fast paths,
the code that accounts allocated memory to a cgroup is
hidden inside a static_branch(). This branch is patched out
until the first non-root cgroup is created. So when nobody
is using cgroups, even if it is mounted, no significant performance
penalty should be seen.

This patch handles the generic part of the code, and has nothing
tcp-specific.

Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujtsu.com>
CC: Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill@shutemov.name>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-12 19:04:10 -05:00
Glauber Costa
180d8cd942 foundations of per-cgroup memory pressure controlling.
This patch replaces all uses of struct sock fields' memory_pressure,
memory_allocated, sockets_allocated, and sysctl_mem to acessor
macros. Those macros can either receive a socket argument, or a mem_cgroup
argument, depending on the context they live in.

Since we're only doing a macro wrapping here, no performance impact at all is
expected in the case where we don't have cgroups disabled.

Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-12 19:04:10 -05:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman
007d00d4c1 Merge branch 'for-next/dwc3' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/balbi/usb into usb-next
* 'for-next/dwc3' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/balbi/usb: (392 commits)
  usb: dwc3: ep0: fix for possible early delayed_status
  usb: dwc3: gadget: fix stream enable bit
  usb: dwc3: ep0: fix GetStatus handling (again)
  usb: dwc3: ep0: use dwc3_request for ep0 requsts instead of usb_request
  usb: dwc3: use correct hwparam register for power mgm check
  usb: dwc3: omap: move to module_platform_driver
  usb: dwc3: workaround: missing disconnect event
  usb: dwc3: workaround: missing USB3 Reset event
  usb: dwc3: workaround: U1/U2 -> U0 transiton
  usb: dwc3: gadget: return early in dwc3_cleanup_done_reqs()
  usb: dwc3: ep0: handle delayed_status again
  usb: dwc3: ep0: push ep0state into xfernotready processing
  usb: dwc3: fix sparse errors
  usb: dwc3: fix few coding style problems
  usb: dwc3: move generic dwc3 code from gadget into core
  usb: dwc3: use a helper function for operation mode setting
  usb: dwc3: ep0: don't use ep0in for transfers
  usb: dwc3: ep0: use proper endianess in SetFeature for wIndex
  usb: dwc3: core: drop DWC3_EVENT_BUFFERS_MAX
  usb: dwc3: omap: add multiple instances support to OMAP
  ...
2011-12-12 15:19:53 -08:00
Qinglin Ye
c91043adaf USB: Remove the duplicate definition of HUB_SET_DEPTH
The macro HUB_SET_DEPTH is defined twice in ch11.h (introduced by
commit 0eadcc0 "usb: USB3.0 ch11 definitions" and dbe79bb "USB 3.0
Hub Changes"), so remove the duplicate one in the USB 2.0 part.

Signed-off-by: Qinglin Ye <yestyle@gmail.com>
Cc: John Youn <John.Youn@synopsys.com>
Cc: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
2011-12-12 14:46:47 -08:00
Grant Likely
15c9a0acc3 of: create of_phandle_args to simplify return of phandle parsing data
of_parse_phandle_with_args() needs to return quite a bit of data.  Rather
than making each datum a separate **out_ argument, this patch creates
struct of_phandle_args to contain all the returned data and reworks the
user of the function.  This patch also enables of_parse_phandle_with_args()
to return the device node pointer for the phandle node.

This patch also ends up being fairly major surgery to
of_parse_handle_with_args().  The existing structure didn't work well
when extending to use of_phandle_args, and I discovered bugs during testing.
I also took the opportunity to rename the function to be like the
existing of_parse_phandle().

v2: - moved declaration of of_phandle_args to fix compile on non-DT builds
    - fixed incorrect index in example usage
    - fixed incorrect return code handling for empty entries

Reviewed-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
2011-12-12 13:40:16 -07:00
Grant Likely
1a2d397a6e gpio/powerpc: Eliminate duplication of of_get_named_gpio_flags()
A large chunk of qe_pin_request() is unnecessarily cut-and-paste
directly from of_get_named_gpio_flags().  This patch cuts out the
duplicate code and replaces it with a call to of_get_gpio().

v2: fixed compile error due to missing gpio_to_chip()

Signed-off-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Kumar Gala <galak@kernel.crashing.org>
2011-12-12 13:40:16 -07:00
John W. Linville
f2abba4921 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next into for-davem 2011-12-12 14:19:43 -05:00
Manu Abraham
ba2780c796 [media] DVB: Query DVB frontend delivery capabilities
Currently, for any multi-standard frontend it is assumed that it just
 has a single standard capability. This is fine in some cases, but
 makes things hard when there are incompatible standards in conjuction.
 Eg: DVB-S can be seen as a subset of DVB-S2, but the same doesn't hold
 the same for DSS. This is not specific to any driver as it is, but a
 generic issue. This was handled correctly in the multiproto tree,
 while such functionality is missing from the v5 API update.

 http://www.linuxtv.org/pipermail/vdr/2008-November/018417.html

 Later on a FE_CAN_2G_MODULATION was added as a hack to workaround this
 issue in the v5 API, but that hack is incapable of addressing the
 issue, as it can be used to simply distinguish between DVB-S and
 DVB-S2 alone, or another X vs X2 modulation. If there are more systems,
 then you have a potential issue.

 An application needs to query the device capabilities before requesting
 any operation from the device.

Signed-off-by: Manu Abraham <abraham.manu@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Andreas Oberritter <obi@linuxtv.org>
Acked-by: Oliver Endriss <o.endriss@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-12-12 15:03:32 -02:00
Mark Brown
1dfb6efd87 ASoC: Remove rbtree register cache
All users now use regmap directly so delete the ASoC version of the code.

Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
2011-12-13 00:20:28 +08:00
Mark Brown
68556ca1e0 Merge branch 'mfd/wm8994' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/broonie/misc into for-3.3 2011-12-13 00:19:20 +08:00
Mark Brown
8ab3069182 mfd: Convert wm8994 to use generic regmap irq_chip
Factor out the irq_chip implementation, substantially reducing the code
size for the driver.

Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2011-12-13 00:14:06 +08:00
Mark Brown
e292b578c9 Merge branch 'topic/irq' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/broonie/regmap into wm8994-mfd 2011-12-13 00:12:48 +08:00
Mark Brown
7ed5849c28 mfd: Mark WM1811 GPIO6 register volatile for later revisions
For later chip revisions the WM1811 GPIO6 register is always volatile so
store the device revision when initialising the driver and then check at
runtime if we're running on a newer device.

Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2011-12-13 00:11:49 +08:00
Mark Brown
19f9557174 mfd: Add missing mutex.h inclusion to WM8994 core.h
struct wm8994 includes a mutex so we need to include mutex.h before we
declare it. All current users rely on this being done implicitly.

Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2011-12-13 00:11:43 +08:00
Mark Brown
43913e5ef9 mfd: Constify WM8994 regulator_init_data
The driver has no need to modify the regulator_init_data so declare it
const to allow machine code to do so.

Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2011-12-13 00:11:19 +08:00
Mark Brown
c3f1386171 mfd: Enable register cache for wm8994 devices
As part of this we provide information about the registers that exist in
the device to the regmap core, drop the small amount of cache that the
core had been using and let regmap do the sync.

Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2011-12-13 00:11:05 +08:00
Mark Brown
4412823a0a Merge branch 'topic/cache' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/broonie/regmap into HEAD 2011-12-13 00:10:45 +08:00
Mark Brown
4de45284d3 mfd: Define some additional wm8994 registers
Add a bunch of definitions for wm8994 registers that are not currently
used by software.

Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2011-12-13 00:10:06 +08:00
Mark Brown
26c34c25e5 mfd: Disable more pulls on WM8994
Disable more pulls by default on WM8994 for a small current saving. Since
some designs do leave SPKMODE floating provide platform data to allow that
to be left enabled.

Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2011-12-13 00:09:34 +08:00
Joerg Roedel
2d5503b624 iommu/amd: Add routines to bind/unbind a pasid
This patch adds routines to bind a specific process
address-space to a given PASID.

Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
2011-12-12 15:34:42 +01:00
Joerg Roedel
ed96f228ba iommu/amd: Implement device aquisition code for IOMMUv2
This patch adds the amd_iommu_init_device() and
amd_iommu_free_device() functions which make a device and
the IOMMU ready for IOMMUv2 usage.

Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
2011-12-12 15:32:51 +01:00
Joerg Roedel
6a113ddc03 iommu/amd: Add device errata handling
Add infrastructure for errata-handling and handle two known
erratas in the IOMMUv2 code.

Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
2011-12-12 15:19:06 +01:00
David Howells
267aed9dfe UAPI: elf_read_implies_exec() is a kernel-only feature - so hide from userspace
elf_read_implies_exec() is a kernel-only feature as the second parameter is a
constant that isn't exported to userspace.  Not only that, but the
arch-specific overrides are not exported either.

So hide the macro from userspace.

Similarly, struct file should not be predeclared in userspace.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2011-12-12 13:54:36 +00:00
Michal Nazarewicz
7177aed44f usb: gadget: rename usb_gadget_driver::speed to max_speed
This commit renames the “speed” field of the usb_gadget_driver
structure to “max_speed”.  This is so that to make it more
apparent that the field represents the maximum speed gadget
driver can support.

This also make the field look more like fields with the same
name in usb_gadget and usb_composite_driver structures.  All
of those represent the *maximal* speed given entity supports.

After this commit, there are the following fields in various
structures:
* usb_gadget::speed - the current connection speed,
* usb_gadget::max_speed - maximal speed UDC supports,
* usb_gadget_driver::max_speed - maximal speed gadget driver
  supports, and
* usb_composite_driver::max_speed - maximal speed composite
  gadget supports.

Signed-off-by: Michal Nazarewicz <mina86@mina86.com>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
2011-12-12 11:45:12 +02:00
Michal Nazarewicz
d327ab5b6d usb: gadget: replace usb_gadget::is_dualspeed with max_speed
This commit replaces usb_gadget's is_dualspeed field with
a max_speed field.

[ balbi@ti.com : Fixed DWC3 driver ]

Signed-off-by: Michal Nazarewicz <mina86@mina86.com>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
2011-12-12 11:45:11 +02:00
Kuninori Morimoto
f1ee56a000 usb: gadget: renesas_usbhs: add platform power control function
Signed-off-by: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
2011-12-12 11:44:58 +02:00
Kuninori Morimoto
a49a88f108 usb: gadget: renesas_usbhs: tidyup the unit of detection_delay
detection_delay was assumed as msec

Signed-off-by: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
2011-12-12 11:44:57 +02:00
Courtney Cavin
ff803ed4dd Input: add driver for Sharp gp2ap002a00f proximity sensor
This driver adds support for Sharp's GP2AP002A00F proximity sensor. The
proximity is measured as a binary switch, i.e. an object is either
detected or not detected. Hence, this driver is implemented as a switch
that reports SW_FRONT_PROXIMITY.

Reviewed-by: Datta Shubhrajyoti <shubhrajyoti@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Courtney Cavin <courtney.cavin@sonyericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Oskar Andero <oskar.andero@sonyericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
2011-12-12 00:03:36 -08:00
Mark Brown
ce37954e93 Merge branch 'topic/irq' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/broonie/regmap into mfd/da9052 2011-12-12 13:10:02 +08:00
Mark Einon
a469ebd56f types.h: fix comment spelling for 'architectures'
Spelling change, architetures -> architectures

Signed-off-by: Mark Einon <mark.einon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
2011-12-12 00:30:38 +01:00
Eric Dumazet
dfd56b8b38 net: use IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
Instead of testing defined(CONFIG_IPV6) || defined(CONFIG_IPV6_MODULE)

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-11 18:25:16 -05:00
Paul E. McKenney
4968c300e1 rcu: Augment rcu_batch_end tracing for idle and callback state
The current rcu_batch_end event trace records only the name of the RCU
flavor and the total number of callbacks that remain queued on the
current CPU.  This is insufficient for testing and tuning the new
dyntick-idle RCU_FAST_NO_HZ code, so this commit adds idle state along
with whether or not any of the callbacks that were ready to invoke
at the beginning of rcu_do_batch() are still queued.

Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
2011-12-11 10:32:22 -08:00
Josh Triplett
2987557f52 driver-core/cpu: Expose hotpluggability to the rest of the kernel
When architectures register CPUs, they indicate whether the CPU allows
hotplugging; notably, x86 and ARM don't allow hotplugging CPU 0.
Userspace can easily query the hotpluggability of a CPU via sysfs;
however, the kernel has no convenient way of accessing that property in
an architecture-independent way.  While the kernel can simply try it and
see, some code needs to distinguish between "hotplug failed" and
"hotplug has no hope of working on this CPU"; for example, rcutorture's
CPU hotplug tests want to avoid drowning out real hotplug failures with
expected failures.

Expose this property via a new cpu_is_hotpluggable function, so that the
rest of the kernel can access it in an architecture-independent way.

Signed-off-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
2011-12-11 10:32:20 -08:00
Paul E. McKenney
7cb9249900 rcu: Permit dyntick-idle with callbacks pending
The current implementation of RCU_FAST_NO_HZ prevents CPUs from entering
dyntick-idle state if they have RCU callbacks pending.  Unfortunately,
this has the side-effect of often preventing them from entering this
state, especially if at least one other CPU is not in dyntick-idle state.
However, the resulting per-tick wakeup is wasteful in many cases: if the
CPU has already fully responded to the current RCU grace period, there
will be nothing for it to do until this grace period ends, which will
frequently take several jiffies.

This commit therefore permits a CPU that has done everything that the
current grace period has asked of it (rcu_pending() == 0) even if it
still as RCU callbacks pending.  However, such a CPU posts a timer to
wake it up several jiffies later (6 jiffies, based on experience with
grace-period lengths).  This wakeup is required to handle situations
that can result in all CPUs being in dyntick-idle mode, thus failing
to ever complete the current grace period.  If a CPU wakes up before
the timer goes off, then it cancels that timer, thus avoiding spurious
wakeups.

Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
2011-12-11 10:32:07 -08:00
Paul E. McKenney
3842a0832a rcu: Document same-context read-side constraints
The intent is that a given RCU read-side critical section be confined
to a single context.  For example, it is illegal to invoke rcu_read_lock()
in an exception handler and then invoke rcu_read_unlock() from the
context of the task that received the exception.

Suggested-by: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
2011-12-11 10:32:06 -08:00
Paul E. McKenney
f535a607c1 rcu: Eliminate RCU_FAST_NO_HZ grace-period hang
With the new implementation of RCU_FAST_NO_HZ, it was possible to hang
RCU grace periods as follows:

o	CPU 0 attempts to go idle, cycles several times through the
	rcu_prepare_for_idle() loop, then goes dyntick-idle when
	RCU needs nothing more from it, while still having at least
	on RCU callback pending.

o	CPU 1 goes idle with no callbacks.

Both CPUs can then stay in dyntick-idle mode indefinitely, preventing
the RCU grace period from ever completing, possibly hanging the system.

This commit therefore prevents CPUs that have RCU callbacks from entering
dyntick-idle mode.  This approach also eliminates the need for the
end-of-grace-period IPIs used previously.

Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
2011-12-11 10:32:02 -08:00
Paul E. McKenney
433cdddcd9 rcu: Add tracing for RCU_FAST_NO_HZ
This commit adds trace_rcu_prep_idle(), which is invoked from
rcu_prepare_for_idle() and rcu_wake_cpu() to trace attempts on
the part of RCU to force CPUs into dyntick-idle mode.

Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
2011-12-11 10:32:00 -08:00
Paul E. McKenney
045fb9315a rcu: Update trace_rcu_dyntick() header comment
This commit updates the trace_rcu_dyntick() header comment to reflect
events added by commit 4b4f421.

Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
2011-12-11 10:31:59 -08:00
Frederic Weisbecker
1268fbc746 nohz: Remove tick_nohz_idle_enter_norcu() / tick_nohz_idle_exit_norcu()
Those two APIs were provided to optimize the calls of
tick_nohz_idle_enter() and rcu_idle_enter() into a single
irq disabled section. This way no interrupt happening in-between would
needlessly process any RCU job.

Now we are talking about an optimization for which benefits
have yet to be measured. Let's start simple and completely decouple
idle rcu and dyntick idle logics to simplify.

Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
2011-12-11 10:31:57 -08:00
Paul E. McKenney
c4f3060843 sched: Add is_idle_task() to handle invalidated uses of idle_cpu()
Commit 908a3283 (Fix idle_cpu()) invalidated some uses of idle_cpu(),
which used to say whether or not the CPU was running the idle task,
but now instead says whether or not the CPU is running the idle task
in the absence of pending wakeups.  Although this new implementation
gives a better answer to the question "is this CPU idle?", it also
invalidates other uses that were made of idle_cpu().

This commit therefore introduces a new is_idle_task() API member
that determines whether or not the specified task is one of the
idle tasks, allowing open-coded "->pid == 0" sequences to be replaced
by something more meaningful.

Suggested-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Suggested-by: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
2011-12-11 10:31:47 -08:00
Paul E. McKenney
4145fa7fbe rcu: Deconfuse dynticks entry-exit tracing
The trace_rcu_dyntick() trace event did not print both the old and
the new value of the nesting level, and furthermore printed only
the low-order 32 bits of it.  This could result in some confusion
when interpreting trace-event dumps, so this commit prints both
the old and the new value, prints the full 64 bits, and also selects
the process-entry/exit increment to print nicely in hexadecimal.

Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
2011-12-11 10:31:42 -08:00
Paul E. McKenney
0c53dd8b31 rcu: Introduce raw SRCU read-side primitives
The RCU implementations, including SRCU, are designed to be used in a
lock-like fashion, so that the read-side lock and unlock primitives must
execute in the same context for any given read-side critical section.
This constraint is enforced by lockdep-RCU.  However, there is a need
to enter an SRCU read-side critical section within the context of an
exception and then exit in the context of the task that encountered the
exception.  The cost of this capability is that the read-side operations
incur the overhead of disabling interrupts.

Note that although the current implementation allows a given read-side
critical section to be entered by one task and then exited by another, all
known possible implementations that allow this have scalability problems.
Therefore, a given read-side critical section must be exited by the same
task that entered it, though perhaps from an interrupt or exception
handler running within that task's context.  But if you are thinking
in terms of interrupt handlers, make sure that you have considered the
possibility of threaded interrupt handlers.

Credit goes to Peter Zijlstra for suggesting use of the existing _raw
suffix to indicate disabling lockdep over the earlier "bulkref" names.

Requested-by: Srikar Dronamraju <srikar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Srikar Dronamraju <srikar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
2011-12-11 10:31:40 -08:00
Frederic Weisbecker
2bbb6817c0 nohz: Allow rcu extended quiescent state handling seperately from tick stop
It is assumed that rcu won't be used once we switch to tickless
mode and until we restart the tick. However this is not always
true, as in x86-64 where we dereference the idle notifiers after
the tick is stopped.

To prepare for fixing this, add two new APIs:
tick_nohz_idle_enter_norcu() and tick_nohz_idle_exit_norcu().

If no use of RCU is made in the idle loop between
tick_nohz_enter_idle() and tick_nohz_exit_idle() calls, the arch
must instead call the new *_norcu() version such that the arch doesn't
need to call rcu_idle_enter() and rcu_idle_exit().

Otherwise the arch must call tick_nohz_enter_idle() and
tick_nohz_exit_idle() and also call explicitly:

- rcu_idle_enter() after its last use of RCU before the CPU is put
to sleep.
- rcu_idle_exit() before the first use of RCU after the CPU is woken
up.

Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
Cc: Guan Xuetao <gxt@mprc.pku.edu.cn>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@tilera.com>
Cc: Hans-Christian Egtvedt <hans-christian.egtvedt@atmel.com>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
Cc: Russell King <linux@arm.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
2011-12-11 10:31:36 -08:00
Frederic Weisbecker
280f06774a nohz: Separate out irq exit and idle loop dyntick logic
The tick_nohz_stop_sched_tick() function, which tries to delay
the next timer tick as long as possible, can be called from two
places:

- From the idle loop to start the dytick idle mode
- From interrupt exit if we have interrupted the dyntick
idle mode, so that we reprogram the next tick event in
case the irq changed some internal state that requires this
action.

There are only few minor differences between both that
are handled by that function, driven by the ts->inidle
cpu variable and the inidle parameter. The whole guarantees
that we only update the dyntick mode on irq exit if we actually
interrupted the dyntick idle mode, and that we enter in RCU extended
quiescent state from idle loop entry only.

Split this function into:

- tick_nohz_idle_enter(), which sets ts->inidle to 1, enters
dynticks idle mode unconditionally if it can, and enters into RCU
extended quiescent state.

- tick_nohz_irq_exit() which only updates the dynticks idle mode
when ts->inidle is set (ie: if tick_nohz_idle_enter() has been called).

To maintain symmetry, tick_nohz_restart_sched_tick() has been renamed
into tick_nohz_idle_exit().

This simplifies the code and micro-optimize the irq exit path (no need
for local_irq_save there). This also prepares for the split between
dynticks and rcu extended quiescent state logics. We'll need this split to
further fix illegal uses of RCU in extended quiescent states in the idle
loop.

Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
Cc: Guan Xuetao <gxt@mprc.pku.edu.cn>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@tilera.com>
Cc: Hans-Christian Egtvedt <hans-christian.egtvedt@atmel.com>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
Cc: Russell King <linux@arm.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
2011-12-11 10:31:35 -08:00
Paul E. McKenney
867f236bd1 rcu: Make srcu_read_lock_held() call common lockdep-enabled function
A common debug_lockdep_rcu_enabled() function is used to check whether
RCU lockdep splats should be reported, but srcu_read_lock() does not
use it.  This commit therefore brings srcu_read_lock_held() up to date.

Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
2011-12-11 10:31:34 -08:00
Paul E. McKenney
ff195cb69b rcu: Warn when srcu_read_lock() is used in an extended quiescent state
Catch SRCU up to the other variants of RCU by making PROVE_RCU
complain if either srcu_read_lock() or srcu_read_lock_held() are
used from within RCU-idle mode.

Frederic reworked this to allow for the new versions of his patches
that check for extended quiescent states.

Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
2011-12-11 10:31:33 -08:00
Paul E. McKenney
d8ab29f8be rcu: Remove one layer of abstraction from PROVE_RCU checking
Simplify things a bit by substituting the definitions of the single-line
rcu_read_acquire(), rcu_read_release(), rcu_read_acquire_bh(),
rcu_read_release_bh(), rcu_read_acquire_sched(), and
rcu_read_release_sched() functions at their call points.

Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
2011-12-11 10:31:32 -08:00
Frederic Weisbecker
00f49e5729 rcu: Warn when rcu_read_lock() is used in extended quiescent state
We are currently able to detect uses of rcu_dereference_check() inside
extended quiescent states (such as the RCU-free window in idle).
But rcu_read_lock() and friends can be used without rcu_dereference(),
so that the earlier commit checking for use of rcu_dereference() and
friends while in RCU idle mode miss some error conditions.  This commit
therefore adds extended quiescent state checking to rcu_read_lock() and
friends.

Uses of RCU from within RCU-idle mode are totally ignored by
RCU, hence the importance of these checks.

Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
2011-12-11 10:31:31 -08:00
Frederic Weisbecker
e6b80a3b09 rcu: Detect illegal rcu dereference in extended quiescent state
Report that none of the rcu read lock maps are held while in an RCU
extended quiescent state (the section between rcu_idle_enter()
and rcu_idle_exit()). This helps detect any use of rcu_dereference()
and friends from within the section in idle where RCU is not allowed.

This way we can guarantee an extended quiescent window where the CPU
can be put in dyntick idle mode or can simply aoid to be part of any
global grace period completion while in the idle loop.

Uses of RCU from such mode are totally ignored by RCU, hence the
importance of these checks.

Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
2011-12-11 10:31:30 -08:00
Paul E. McKenney
91afaf3002 rcu: Add failure tracing to rcutorture
Trace the rcutorture RCU accesses and dump the trace buffer when the
first failure is detected.

Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
2011-12-11 10:31:26 -08:00
Paul E. McKenney
9b2e4f1880 rcu: Track idleness independent of idle tasks
Earlier versions of RCU used the scheduling-clock tick to detect idleness
by checking for the idle task, but handled idleness differently for
CONFIG_NO_HZ=y.  But there are now a number of uses of RCU read-side
critical sections in the idle task, for example, for tracing.  A more
fine-grained detection of idleness is therefore required.

This commit presses the old dyntick-idle code into full-time service,
so that rcu_idle_enter(), previously known as rcu_enter_nohz(), is
always invoked at the beginning of an idle loop iteration.  Similarly,
rcu_idle_exit(), previously known as rcu_exit_nohz(), is always invoked
at the end of an idle-loop iteration.  This allows the idle task to
use RCU everywhere except between consecutive rcu_idle_enter() and
rcu_idle_exit() calls, in turn allowing architecture maintainers to
specify exactly where in the idle loop that RCU may be used.

Because some of the userspace upcall uses can result in what looks
to RCU like half of an interrupt, it is not possible to expect that
the irq_enter() and irq_exit() hooks will give exact counts.  This
patch therefore expands the ->dynticks_nesting counter to 64 bits
and uses two separate bitfields to count process/idle transitions
and interrupt entry/exit transitions.  It is presumed that userspace
upcalls do not happen in the idle loop or from usermode execution
(though usermode might do a system call that results in an upcall).
The counter is hard-reset on each process/idle transition, which
avoids the interrupt entry/exit error from accumulating.  Overflow
is avoided by the 64-bitness of the ->dyntick_nesting counter.

This commit also adds warnings if a non-idle task asks RCU to enter
idle state (and these checks will need some adjustment before applying
Frederic's OS-jitter patches (http://lkml.org/lkml/2011/10/7/246).
In addition, validation of ->dynticks and ->dynticks_nesting is added.

Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
2011-12-11 10:31:24 -08:00
Guennadi Liakhovetski
4c0b036db8 [media] V4L: soc-camera: fix compiler warnings on 64-bit platforms
On 64-bit platforms assigning a pointer to a 32-bit variable causes a
compiler warning and cannot actually work. Soc-camera currently doesn't
support any 64-bit systems, but such platforms can be added in the
and in any case compiler warnings should be avoided.

Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Janusz Krzysztofik <jkrzyszt@tis.icnet.pl>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-12-11 09:34:00 -02:00
Stefan Nilsson XK
6de5fc9cf7 mmc: core: Add quirk for long data read time
Adds a quirk that sets the data read timeout to a fixed value instead
of relying on the information in the CSD. The timeout value chosen
is 300ms since that has proven enough for the problematic cards found,
but could be increased if other cards require this.

This patch also enables this quirk for certain Micron cards known to
have this problem.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Nilsson XK <stefan.xk.nilsson@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Cc: <stable@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Chris Ball <cjb@laptop.org>
2011-12-10 16:18:35 -05:00
Paul Gortmaker
9deaa53ac7 serial: add irq handler for Freescale 16550 errata.
Sending a break on the SOC UARTs found in some MPC83xx/85xx/86xx
chips seems to cause a short lived IRQ storm (/proc/interrupts
typically shows somewhere between 300 and 1500 events).  Unfortunately
this renders SysRQ over the serial console completely inoperable.

The suggested workaround in the errata is to read the Rx register,
wait one character period, and then read the Rx register again.
We achieve this by tracking the old LSR value, and on the subsequent
interrupt event after a break, we don't read LSR, instead we just
read the RBR again and return immediately.

The "fsl,ns16550" is used in the compatible field of the serial
device to mark UARTs known to have this issue.

Thanks to Scott Wood for providing the errata data which led to
a much cleaner fix.

Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
2011-12-09 19:14:13 -08:00
Paul Gortmaker
3986fb2ba6 serial: export the key functions for an 8250 IRQ handler
For drivers that need to construct their own IRQ handler, the
three components are seen in the current handle_port -- i.e.
Rx, Tx and modem_status.

Make these exported symbols so that "almost" 8250 UARTs can
construct their own IRQ handler with these shared components,
while working around their own unique errata issues.

The function names are given a serial8250 prefix, since they
are now entering the global namespace.

Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
2011-12-09 19:14:13 -08:00
Matt Fleming
55839d5154 efi: Add EFI file I/O data types
The x86 EFI stub needs to access files, for example when loading
initrd's. Add the required data types.

Cc: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Fleming <matt.fleming@intel.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1318848017-12301-1-git-send-email-matt@console-pimps.org
Signed-off-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@linux.intel.com>
2011-12-09 17:35:51 -08:00
Matt Fleming
e2527a7cbe efi.h: Add boottime->locate_handle search types
The x86 EFI boot stub needs to locate handles for various protocols.

Cc: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Fleming <matt.fleming@intel.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1318848017-12301-1-git-send-email-matt@console-pimps.org
Signed-off-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@linux.intel.com>
2011-12-09 17:35:49 -08:00
Matt Fleming
0f7c5d477f efi.h: Add graphics protocol guids
The x86 EFI boot stub uses the Graphics Output Protocol and Universal
Graphics Adapter (UGA) protocol guids when initialising graphics
during boot.

Cc: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Fleming <matt.fleming@intel.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1318848017-12301-1-git-send-email-matt@console-pimps.org
Signed-off-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@linux.intel.com>
2011-12-09 17:35:46 -08:00
Matt Fleming
bb05e4ba45 efi.h: Add allocation types for boottime->allocate_pages()
Add the allocation types detailed in section 6.2 - "AllocatePages()"
of the UEFI 2.3 specification. These definitions will be used by the
x86 EFI boot stub which needs to allocate memory during boot.

Cc: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Fleming <matt.fleming@intel.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1318848017-12301-1-git-send-email-matt@console-pimps.org
Signed-off-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@linux.intel.com>
2011-12-09 17:35:44 -08:00
Matt Fleming
8e84f345e2 efi.h: Add efi_image_loaded_t
Add the EFI loaded image structure and protocol guid which are
required by the x86 EFI boot stub. The EFI boot stub uses the
structure to figure out where it was loaded in memory and to pass
command line arguments to the kernel.

Cc: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Fleming <matt.fleming@intel.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1318848017-12301-1-git-send-email-matt@console-pimps.org
Signed-off-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@linux.intel.com>
2011-12-09 17:35:42 -08:00
Matt Fleming
f30ca6ba0b efi.h: Add struct definition for boot time services
With the forthcoming efi stub code we're gonna need to access boot
time services so let's define a struct so we can access the functions.

Cc: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Fleming <matt.fleming@intel.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1318848017-12301-1-git-send-email-matt@console-pimps.org
Signed-off-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@linux.intel.com>
2011-12-09 17:35:40 -08:00
Uwe Kleine-König
5a3072be6c drivers_base: make argument to platform_device_register_full const
platform_device_register_full doesn't modify *pdevinfo so it can be
marked as const without further adaptions.

Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
2011-12-09 16:23:49 -08:00
Aman Deep
7bf01185c5 USB: Adding #define in hub_configure() and hcd.c file
This patch is in succession of previous patch
commit c842114792
        xHCI: Adding #define values used for hub descriptor

Hub descriptors characteristics #defines values are added in
hub_configure() in place of magic numbers as asked by Alan Stern.
And the indentation for switch and case is changed to be same.

Some #defines values are added in ch11.h for defining hub class
protocols and used in hub.c and hcd.c in which magic values were
used for hub class protocols.

Signed-off-by: Aman Deep <amandeep3986@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
2011-12-09 16:20:38 -08:00
Clemens Ladisch
bc677d5b64 usb: fix number of mapped SG DMA entries
Add a new field num_mapped_sgs to struct urb so that we have a place to
store the number of mapped entries and can also retain the original
value of entries in num_sgs.  Previously, usb_hcd_map_urb_for_dma()
would overwrite this with the number of mapped entries, which would
break dma_unmap_sg() because it requires the original number of entries.

This fixes warnings like the following when using USB storage devices:
 ------------[ cut here ]------------
 WARNING: at lib/dma-debug.c:902 check_unmap+0x4e4/0x695()
 ehci_hcd 0000:00:12.2: DMA-API: device driver frees DMA sg list with different entry count [map count=4] [unmap count=1]
 Modules linked in: ohci_hcd ehci_hcd
 Pid: 0, comm: kworker/0:1 Not tainted 3.2.0-rc2+ #319
 Call Trace:
  <IRQ>  [<ffffffff81036d3b>] warn_slowpath_common+0x80/0x98
  [<ffffffff81036de7>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x41/0x43
  [<ffffffff811fa5ae>] check_unmap+0x4e4/0x695
  [<ffffffff8105e92c>] ? trace_hardirqs_off+0xd/0xf
  [<ffffffff8147208b>] ? _raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore+0x33/0x50
  [<ffffffff811fa84a>] debug_dma_unmap_sg+0xeb/0x117
  [<ffffffff8137b02f>] usb_hcd_unmap_urb_for_dma+0x71/0x188
  [<ffffffff8137b166>] unmap_urb_for_dma+0x20/0x22
  [<ffffffff8137b1c5>] usb_hcd_giveback_urb+0x5d/0xc0
  [<ffffffffa0000d02>] ehci_urb_done+0xf7/0x10c [ehci_hcd]
  [<ffffffffa0001140>] qh_completions+0x429/0x4bd [ehci_hcd]
  [<ffffffffa000340a>] ehci_work+0x95/0x9c0 [ehci_hcd]
  ...
 ---[ end trace f29ac88a5a48c580 ]---
 Mapped at:
  [<ffffffff811faac4>] debug_dma_map_sg+0x45/0x139
  [<ffffffff8137bc0b>] usb_hcd_map_urb_for_dma+0x22e/0x478
  [<ffffffff8137c494>] usb_hcd_submit_urb+0x63f/0x6fa
  [<ffffffff8137d01c>] usb_submit_urb+0x2c7/0x2de
  [<ffffffff8137dcd4>] usb_sg_wait+0x55/0x161

Signed-off-by: Clemens Ladisch <clemens@ladisch.de>
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
2011-12-09 16:18:19 -08:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman
a36ae95c4e Merge v3.2-rc4 into usb-next
This lets us handle the PS3 merge easier, as well as syncing up with
other USB fixes already in the -rc4 tree.

Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
2011-12-09 16:07:48 -08:00
Srivatsa S. Bhat
b298d289c7 PM / Sleep: Fix freezer failures due to racy usermodehelper_is_disabled()
Commit a144c6a (PM: Print a warning if firmware is requested when tasks
are frozen) introduced usermodehelper_is_disabled() to warn and exit
immediately if firmware is requested when usermodehelpers are disabled.

However, it is racy. Consider the following scenario, currently used in
drivers/base/firmware_class.c:

...
if (usermodehelper_is_disabled())
        goto out;

/* Do actual work */
...

out:
        return err;

Nothing prevents someone from disabling usermodehelpers just after the check
in the 'if' condition, which means that it is quite possible to try doing the
"actual work" with usermodehelpers disabled, leading to undesirable
consequences.

In particular, this race condition in _request_firmware() causes task freezing
failures whenever suspend/hibernation is in progress because, it wrongly waits
to get the firmware/microcode image from userspace when actually the
usermodehelpers are disabled or userspace has been frozen.
Some of the example scenarios that cause freezing failures due to this race
are those that depend on userspace via request_firmware(), such as x86
microcode module initialization and microcode image reload.

Previous discussions about this issue can be found at:
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel/1198291/focus=1200591

This patch adds proper synchronization to fix this issue.

It is to be noted that this patchset fixes the freezing failures but doesn't
remove the warnings. IOW, it does not attempt to add explicit synchronization
to x86 microcode driver to avoid requesting microcode image at inopportune
moments. Because, the warnings were introduced to highlight such cases, in the
first place. And we need not silence the warnings, since we take care of the
*real* problem (freezing failure) and hence, after that, the warnings are
pretty harmless anyway.

Signed-off-by: Srivatsa S. Bhat <srivatsa.bhat@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
2011-12-09 23:36:36 +01:00
Mark Brown
925b44a273 PM / Domains: Provide an always on power domain governor
Since systems are likely to have power domains that can't be turned off
for various reasons at least temporarily while implementing power domain
support provide a default governor which will always refuse to power off
the domain, saving platforms having to implement their own.

Since the code is so tiny don't bother with a Kconfig symbol for it.

Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
2011-12-09 23:22:41 +01:00
Pavel Emelyanov
fce823381e udp: Export code sk lookup routines
The UDP diag get_exact handler will require them to find a
socket by provided net, [sd]addr-s, [sd]ports and device.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-09 14:14:08 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov
1942c518ca inet_diag: Generalize inet_diag dump and get_exact calls
Introduce two callbacks in inet_diag_handler -- one for dumping all
sockets (with filters) and the other one for dumping a single sk.

Replace direct calls to icsk handlers with indirect calls to callbacks
provided by handlers.

Make existing TCP and DCCP handlers use provided helpers for icsk-s.

The UDP diag module will provide its own.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-09 14:14:08 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov
3c4d05c805 inet_diag: Introduce the inet socket dumping routine
The existing inet_csk_diag_fill dumps the inet connection sock info
into the netlink inet_diag_message. Prepare this routine to be able
to dump only the inet_sock part of a socket if the icsk part is missing.

This will be used by UDP diag module when dumping UDP sockets.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-09 14:14:08 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov
8d07d1518a inet_diag: Introduce the byte-code run on an inet socket
The upcoming UDP module will require exactly this ability, so just
move the existing code to provide one.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-09 14:14:08 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov
b005ab4ef8 inet_diag: Export inet diag cookie checking routine
The netlink diag susbsys stores sk address bits in the nl message
as a "cookie" and uses one when dumps details about particular
socket.

The same will be required for udp diag module, so introduce a heler
in inet_diag module

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-09 14:14:08 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov
7b35eadd7e inet_diag: Remove indirect sizeof from inet diag handlers
There's an info_size value stored on inet_diag_handler, but for existing
code this value is effectively constant, so just use sizeof(struct tcp_info)
where required.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-09 14:14:07 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
a73ed26bba sch_red: generalize accurate MAX_P support to RED/GRED/CHOKE
Now RED uses a Q0.32 number to store max_p (max probability), allow
RED/GRED/CHOKE to use/report full resolution at config/dump time.

Old tc binaries are non aware of new attributes, and still set/get Plog.

New tc binary set/get both Plog and max_p for backward compatibility,
they display "probability value" if they get max_p from new kernels.

# tc -d  qdisc show dev ...
...
qdisc red 10: parent 1:1 limit 360Kb min 30Kb max 90Kb ecn ewma 5
probability 0.09 Scell_log 15

Make sure we avoid potential divides by 0 in reciprocal_value(), if
(max_th - min_th) is big.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-09 13:46:15 -05:00
Jeremy Fitzhardinge
8351665195 power_supply: allow a power supply to explicitly point to powered device
If a power supply has a scope of "Device", then allow the power supply
to indicate what device it actually powers. This is represented in the
power supply's sysfs directory as a symlink named "powers", which points to
the sysfs directory of the powered device.

If the device has children, then the sub-devices are also powered by
the same power supply.

Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Cc: Richard Hughes <richard@hughsie.com>
2011-12-09 09:52:07 -08:00
Jeremy Fitzhardinge
25a0bc2dfc power_supply: add SCOPE attribute to power supplies
This adds a "scope" attribute to a power_supply, which indicates how
much of the system it powers.  It appears in sysfs as "scope" or in
the uevent file as POWER_SUPPLY_SCOPE=.  There are presently three
possible values:
	Unknown - unknown power topology
	System - the power supply powers the whole system
	Device - it powers a specific device, or tree of devices

A power supply which doesn't have a "scope" attribute should be assumed to
have "System" scope.

In general, usermode should assume that loss of all System-scoped power
supplies will power off the whole system, but any single one is sufficient
to power the system.

Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Cc: Richard Hughes <richard@hughsie.com>
2011-12-09 09:42:05 -08:00
Linus Torvalds
53523d5263 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/cmetcalf/linux-tile
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/cmetcalf/linux-tile:
  arch/tile: use new generic {enable,disable}_percpu_irq() routines
  drivers/net/ethernet/tile: use skb_frag_page() API
  asm-generic/unistd.h: support new process_vm_{readv,write} syscalls
  arch/tile: fix double-free bug in homecache_free_pages()
  arch/tile: add a few #includes and an EXPORT to catch up with kernel changes.
2011-12-09 08:08:57 -08:00
Konstantin Khlebnikov
83aeeada7c vmscan: use atomic-long for shrinker batching
Use atomic-long operations instead of looping around cmpxchg().

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: massage atomic.h inclusions]
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@openvz.org>
Cc: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-12-09 07:50:27 -08:00
Paul Mundt
0d376945d0 Merge branches 'common/clkfwk', 'common/pfc' and 'common/serial-rework' into sh-latest 2011-12-09 18:11:09 +09:00
Magnus Damm
b0e10211cb sh: pfc: ioremap() support
Add support for non-entity mapped PFC registers through
the use of struct resource and ioremap()/iounmap().

The PFC main data structure gets updated with a pointer
to a struct resources array that point out all register
windows used by the PFC instance. The register definitions
are kept as physical addresses but the PFC code will do
transparent conversion into virtual addresses whenever
register windows are specified using with struct resource.

To introduce as little performance penalty as possible the
virtual address of each data register is cached in memory.
The virtual address of each configuration register is however
calculated during run time. This because the configuration
is considered slow path so focus is instead put on keeping
memory foot print as small as possible.

The PFC register access  code is in this patch updated from
__raw_readN() / __raw_writeN() into ioreadN() / iowriteN().

This patch is needed to support the PFC block in r8a7779.

Signed-off-by: Magnus Damm <damm@opensource.se>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
2011-12-09 18:07:15 +09:00
Magnus Damm
eda2030a5b sh: extend clock struct with mapped_reg member
Add a "mapped_reg" member to struct clk and use that
to keep the ioremapped register based on enable_reg.

Signed-off-by: Magnus Damm <damm@opensource.se>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
2011-12-09 18:01:05 +09:00
Eric Dumazet
8af2a218de sch_red: Adaptative RED AQM
Adaptative RED AQM for linux, based on paper from Sally FLoyd,
Ramakrishna Gummadi, and Scott Shenker, August 2001 :

http://icir.org/floyd/papers/adaptiveRed.pdf

Goal of Adaptative RED is to make max_p a dynamic value between 1% and
50% to reach the target average queue : (max_th - min_th) / 2

Every 500 ms:
 if (avg > target and max_p <= 0.5)
  increase max_p : max_p += alpha;
 else if (avg < target and max_p >= 0.01)
  decrease max_p : max_p *= beta;

target :[min_th + 0.4*(min_th - max_th),
          min_th + 0.6*(min_th - max_th)].
alpha : min(0.01, max_p / 4)
beta : 0.9
max_P is a Q0.32 fixed point number (unsigned, with 32 bits mantissa)

Changes against our RED implementation are :

max_p is no longer a negative power of two (1/(2^Plog)), but a Q0.32
fixed point number, to allow full range described in Adatative paper.

To deliver a random number, we now use a reciprocal divide (thats really
a multiply), but this operation is done once per marked/droped packet
when in RED_BETWEEN_TRESH window, so added cost (compared to previous
AND operation) is near zero.

dump operation gives current max_p value in a new TCA_RED_MAX_P
attribute.

Example on a 10Mbit link :

tc qdisc add dev $DEV parent 1:1 handle 10: est 1sec 8sec red \
   limit 400000 min 30000 max 90000 avpkt 1000 \
   burst 55 ecn adaptative bandwidth 10Mbit

# tc -s -d qdisc show dev eth3
...
qdisc red 10: parent 1:1 limit 400000b min 30000b max 90000b ecn
adaptative ewma 5 max_p=0.113335 Scell_log 15
 Sent 50414282 bytes 34504 pkt (dropped 35, overlimits 1392 requeues 0)
 rate 9749Kbit 831pps backlog 72056b 16p requeues 0
  marked 1357 early 35 pdrop 0 other 0

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-08 19:52:43 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
348a1443cc vlan: introduce functions to do mass addition/deletion of vids by another device
Introduce functions handy to copy vlan ids from one driver's list to
another.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-08 19:52:42 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
5b9ea6e022 vlan: introduce vid list with reference counting
This allows to keep track of vids needed to be in rx vlan filters of
devices even if they are used in bond/team etc.

vlan_info as well as vlan_group previously was, is allocated when first
vid is added and dealocated whan last vid is deleted.

vlan_group definition is moved to private header.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-08 19:52:42 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
87002b03ba net: introduce vlan_vid_[add/del] and use them instead of direct [add/kill]_vid ndo calls
This patch adds wrapper for ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid/ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid
functions. Check for NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_FILTER feature is done in this
wrapper.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-08 19:52:42 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
8e586137e6 net: make vlan ndo_vlan_rx_[add/kill]_vid return error value
Let caller know the result of adding/removing vlan id to/from vlan
filter.

In some drivers I make those functions to just return 0. But in those
where there is able to see if hw setup went correctly, return value is
set appropriately.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-08 19:52:37 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
7da82c06de vlan: rename vlan_dev_info to vlan_dev_priv
As this structure is priv, name it approprietely. Also for pointer to it
use name "vlan".

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-08 19:51:30 -05:00
Srivatsa S. Bhat
9b6fc5dc87 PM / Sleep: Make [un]lock_system_sleep() generic
The [un]lock_system_sleep() APIs were originally introduced to mutually
exclude memory hotplug and hibernation.

Directly using mutex_lock(&pm_mutex) to achieve mutual exclusion with
suspend or hibernation code can lead to freezing failures. However, the
APIs [un]lock_system_sleep() can be safely used to achieve the same,
without causing freezing failures.

So, since it would be beneficial to modify all the existing users of
mutex_lock(&pm_mutex) (in all parts of the kernel), so that they use these
safe APIs intead, make these APIs generic by removing the restriction that
they work only when CONFIG_HIBERNATE_CALLBACKS is set. Moreover, that
restriction didn't buy us anything anyway.

Suggested-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Srivatsa S. Bhat <srivatsa.bhat@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
2011-12-08 23:22:21 +01:00
Srivatsa S. Bhat
33e638b907 PM / Sleep: Use the freezer_count() functions in [un]lock_system_sleep() APIs
Now that freezer_count() and freezer_do_not_count() don't have the restriction
that they are effective only when called by userspace processes, use
them in lock_system_sleep() and unlock_system_sleep() instead of open-coding
their parts.

Signed-off-by: Srivatsa S. Bhat <srivatsa.bhat@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
2011-12-08 23:22:09 +01:00
Rafael J. Wysocki
43753e58b1 Merge branch 'pm-freezer' into pm-sleep
* pm-freezer:
  PM / Freezer: Remove the "userspace only" constraint from freezer[_do_not]_count()
2011-12-08 23:21:25 +01:00
Srivatsa S. Bhat
467de1fc67 PM / Freezer: Remove the "userspace only" constraint from freezer[_do_not]_count()
At present, the functions freezer_count() and freezer_do_not_count()
impose the restriction that they are effective only for userspace processes.
However, now, these functions have found more utility than originally
intended by the commit which introduced it: ba96a0c8 (freezer:
fix vfork problem). And moreover, even the vfork issue actually does not
need the above restriction in these functions.

So, modify these functions to make them work even for kernel threads, so
that they can be used at other places in the kernel, where the userspace
restriction doesn't apply.

Suggested-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Suggested-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Srivatsa S. Bhat <srivatsa.bhat@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
2011-12-08 23:21:01 +01:00
Tejun Heo
7bd0b0f0da memblock: Reimplement memblock allocation using reverse free area iterator
Now that all early memory information is in memblock when enabled, we
can implement reverse free area iterator and use it to implement NUMA
aware allocator which is then wrapped for simpler variants instead of
the confusing and inefficient mending of information in separate NUMA
aware allocator.

Implement for_each_free_mem_range_reverse(), use it to reimplement
memblock_find_in_range_node() which in turn is used by all allocators.

The visible allocator interface is inconsistent and can probably use
some cleanup too.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
2011-12-08 10:22:09 -08:00
Tejun Heo
0ee332c145 memblock: Kill early_node_map[]
Now all ARCH_POPULATES_NODE_MAP archs select HAVE_MEBLOCK_NODE_MAP -
there's no user of early_node_map[] left.  Kill early_node_map[] and
replace ARCH_POPULATES_NODE_MAP with HAVE_MEMBLOCK_NODE_MAP.  Also,
relocate for_each_mem_pfn_range() and helper from mm.h to memblock.h
as page_alloc.c would no longer host an alternative implementation.

This change is ultimately one to one mapping and shouldn't cause any
observable difference; however, after the recent changes, there are
some functions which now would fit memblock.c better than page_alloc.c
and dependency on HAVE_MEMBLOCK_NODE_MAP instead of HAVE_MEMBLOCK
doesn't make much sense on some of them.  Further cleanups for
functions inside HAVE_MEMBLOCK_NODE_MAP in mm.h would be nice.

-v2: Fix compile bug introduced by mis-spelling
 CONFIG_HAVE_MEMBLOCK_NODE_MAP to CONFIG_MEMBLOCK_HAVE_NODE_MAP in
 mmzone.h.  Reported by Stephen Rothwell.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
Cc: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Chen Liqin <liqin.chen@sunplusct.com>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: "H. Peter Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com>
2011-12-08 10:22:09 -08:00
Tejun Heo
7fb0bc3f06 memblock: Implement memblock_add_node()
Implement memblock_add_node() which can add a new memblock memory
region with specific node ID.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
2011-12-08 10:22:08 -08:00
Tejun Heo
1aadc0560f memblock: s/memblock_analyze()/memblock_allow_resize()/ and update users
The only function of memblock_analyze() is now allowing resize of
memblock region arrays.  Rename it to memblock_allow_resize() and
update its users.

* The following users remain the same other than renaming.

  arm/mm/init.c::arm_memblock_init()
  microblaze/kernel/prom.c::early_init_devtree()
  powerpc/kernel/prom.c::early_init_devtree()
  openrisc/kernel/prom.c::early_init_devtree()
  sh/mm/init.c::paging_init()
  sparc/mm/init_64.c::paging_init()
  unicore32/mm/init.c::uc32_memblock_init()

* In the following users, analyze was used to update total size which
  is no longer necessary.

  powerpc/kernel/machine_kexec.c::reserve_crashkernel()
  powerpc/kernel/prom.c::early_init_devtree()
  powerpc/mm/init_32.c::MMU_init()
  powerpc/mm/tlb_nohash.c::__early_init_mmu()  
  powerpc/platforms/ps3/mm.c::ps3_mm_add_memory()
  powerpc/platforms/embedded6xx/wii.c::wii_memory_fixups()
  sh/kernel/machine_kexec.c::reserve_crashkernel()

* x86/kernel/e820.c::memblock_x86_fill() was directly setting
  memblock_can_resize before populating memblock and calling analyze
  afterwards.  Call memblock_allow_resize() before start populating.

memblock_can_resize is now static inside memblock.c.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
Cc: Russell King <linux@arm.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Guan Xuetao <gxt@mprc.pku.edu.cn>
Cc: "H. Peter Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com>
2011-12-08 10:22:08 -08:00
Tejun Heo
1440c4e2c9 memblock: Track total size of regions automatically
Total size of memory regions was calculated by memblock_analyze()
requiring explicitly calling the function between operations which can
change memory regions and possible users of total size, which is
cumbersome and fragile.

This patch makes each memblock_type track total size automatically
with minor modifications to memblock manipulation functions and remove
requirements on calling memblock_analyze().  [__]memblock_dump_all()
now also dumps the total size of reserved regions.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
2011-12-08 10:22:08 -08:00
Tejun Heo
fe091c208a memblock: Kill memblock_init()
memblock_init() initializes arrays for regions and memblock itself;
however, all these can be done with struct initializers and
memblock_init() can be removed.  This patch kills memblock_init() and
initializes memblock with struct initializer.

The only difference is that the first dummy entries don't have .nid
set to MAX_NUMNODES initially.  This doesn't cause any behavior
difference.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
Cc: Russell King <linux@arm.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Guan Xuetao <gxt@mprc.pku.edu.cn>
Cc: "H. Peter Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com>
2011-12-08 10:22:07 -08:00
Tejun Heo
c5a1cb284b memblock: Kill sentinel entries at the end of static region arrays
memblock no longer depends on having one more entry at the end during
addition making the sentinel entries at the end of region arrays not
too useful.  Remove the sentinels.  This eases further updates.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
2011-12-08 10:22:07 -08:00
Tejun Heo
4ff7b82f1e memblock: Add __memblock_dump_all()
Add __memblock_dump_all() which dumps memblock configuration whether
memblock_debug is enabled or not.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
2011-12-08 10:22:06 -08:00
Tejun Heo
581adcbe12 memblock: Make memblock_{add|remove|free|reserve}() return int and update prototypes
memblock_{add|remove|free|reserve}() return either 0 or -errno but had
long as return type.  Chage it to int.  Also, drop 'extern' from all
prototypes in memblock.h - they are unnecessary and used
inconsistently (especially if mm.h is included in the picture).

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
2011-12-08 10:22:06 -08:00
Luciano Coelho
f589cf4f2c Merge branch 'wl12xx-next' into for-linville 2011-12-08 13:08:10 +02:00
Deepthi Dharwar
e179816ce6 powerpc/cpuidle: Enable cpuidle and directly call cpuidle_idle_call() for pSeries
This patch enables cpuidle for pSeries and pSeries_idle is
directly called from the idle loop. As a result of pSeries_idle, cpuidle
driver registered with cpuidle subsystem comes into action. On
failure of loading of the driver or cpuidle framework default idle
is executed as part of the function. This patch
also removes the routines pseries_shared_idle_sleep and
pseries_dedicated_idle_sleep as they are now implemented as part of
pseries_idle cpuidle driver.

Signed-off-by: Deepthi Dharwar <deepthi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Trinabh Gupta <g.trinabh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Arun R Bharadwaj <arun.r.bharadwaj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
2011-12-08 13:57:20 +11:00
Linus Torvalds
34a9d2c39a Merge branch '3.2-rc-fixes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/nab/target-pending
* '3.2-rc-fixes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/nab/target-pending: (25 commits)
  iscsi-target: Fix hex2bin warn_unused compile message
  target: Don't return an error if disabling unsupported features
  target/rd: fix or rewrite the copy routine
  target/rd: simplify the page/offset computation
  target: remove the unused se_dev_list
  target/file: walk properly over sg list
  target: remove unused struct fields
  target: Fix page length in emulated INQUIRY VPD page 86h
  target: Handle 0 correctly in transport_get_sectors_6()
  target: Don't return an error status for 0-length READ and WRITE
  iscsi-target: Use kmemdup rather than duplicating its implementation
  iscsi-target: Add missing F_BIT for iscsi_tm_rsp
  iscsi-target: Fix residual count hanlding + remove iscsi_cmd->residual_count
  target: Reject SCSI data overflow for fabrics using transport_generic_map_mem_to_cmd
  target: remove the unused t_task_pt_sgl and t_task_pt_sgl_num se_cmd fields
  target: remove the t_tasks_bidi se_cmd field
  target: remove the t_tasks_fua se_cmd field
  target: remove the se_ordered_node se_cmd field
  target: remove the se_obj_ptr and se_orig_obj_ptr se_cmd fields
  target: Drop config_item_name usage in fabric TFO->free_wwn()
  ...
2011-12-07 18:18:27 -08:00
Gabor Juhos
d57f341ba0 SERIAL: AR933X: Add driver for the built-in UART of the SoC
This patch adds the driver for the built-in UART of the
Atheros AR933X SoCs.

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: linux-mips@linux-mips.org
Cc: Kathy Giori <kgiori@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: "Luis R.  Rodriguez" <rodrigue@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Cc: linux-serial@vger.kernel.org
Patchwork: https://patchwork.linux-mips.org/patch/2526/
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
2011-12-07 22:02:46 +00:00
Linus Torvalds
3172f8fe1c Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
  fix apparmor dereferencing potentially freed dentry, sanitize __d_path() API
2011-12-07 08:14:42 -08:00
Al Viro
02125a8264 fix apparmor dereferencing potentially freed dentry, sanitize __d_path() API
__d_path() API is asking for trouble and in case of apparmor d_namespace_path()
getting just that.  The root cause is that when __d_path() misses the root
it had been told to look for, it stores the location of the most remote ancestor
in *root.  Without grabbing references.  Sure, at the moment of call it had
been pinned down by what we have in *path.  And if we raced with umount -l, we
could have very well stopped at vfsmount/dentry that got freed as soon as
prepend_path() dropped vfsmount_lock.

It is safe to compare these pointers with pre-existing (and known to be still
alive) vfsmount and dentry, as long as all we are asking is "is it the same
address?".  Dereferencing is not safe and apparmor ended up stepping into
that.  d_namespace_path() really wants to examine the place where we stopped,
even if it's not connected to our namespace.  As the result, it looked
at ->d_sb->s_magic of a dentry that might've been already freed by that point.
All other callers had been careful enough to avoid that, but it's really
a bad interface - it invites that kind of trouble.

The fix is fairly straightforward, even though it's bigger than I'd like:
	* prepend_path() root argument becomes const.
	* __d_path() is never called with NULL/NULL root.  It was a kludge
to start with.  Instead, we have an explicit function - d_absolute_root().
Same as __d_path(), except that it doesn't get root passed and stops where
it stops.  apparmor and tomoyo are using it.
	* __d_path() returns NULL on path outside of root.  The main
caller is show_mountinfo() and that's precisely what we pass root for - to
skip those outside chroot jail.  Those who don't want that can (and do)
use d_path().
	* __d_path() root argument becomes const.  Everyone agrees, I hope.
	* apparmor does *NOT* try to use __d_path() or any of its variants
when it sees that path->mnt is an internal vfsmount.  In that case it's
definitely not mounted anywhere and dentry_path() is exactly what we want
there.  Handling of sysctl()-triggered weirdness is moved to that place.
	* if apparmor is asked to do pathname relative to chroot jail
and __d_path() tells it we it's not in that jail, the sucker just calls
d_absolute_path() instead.  That's the other remaining caller of __d_path(),
BTW.
        * seq_path_root() does _NOT_ return -ENAMETOOLONG (it's stupid anyway -
the normal seq_file logics will take care of growing the buffer and redoing
the call of ->show() just fine).  However, if it gets path not reachable
from root, it returns SEQ_SKIP.  The only caller adjusted (i.e. stopped
ignoring the return value as it used to do).

Reviewed-by: John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com>
ACKed-by: John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
2011-12-06 23:57:18 -05:00
David S. Miller
959327c784 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net 2011-12-06 21:10:05 -05:00
David S. Miller
87a115783e ipv6: Move xfrm_lookup() call down into icmp6_dst_alloc().
And return error pointers.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-06 17:04:13 -05:00
David S. Miller
8f0315190d ipv6: Make third arg to anycast_dst_alloc() bool.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-06 16:48:14 -05:00
Stanislav Kinsbursky
bd4620ddf6 SUNRPC: create svc_xprt in proper network namespace
This patch makes svc_xprt inherit network namespace link from its socket.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2011-12-06 16:20:42 -05:00
Rafael J. Wysocki
e84b2c2027 PM / Domains: Make it possible to assign names to generic PM domains
Add a name member pointer to struct generic_pm_domain and use it in
diagnostic messages regarding the domain power-off and power-on
latencies.  Update the ARM shmobile SH7372 code to assign names to
the PM domains used by it.

Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Acked-by: Magnus Damm <damm@opensource.se>
2011-12-06 22:19:54 +01:00
J. Bruce Fields
2fefb8a09e svcrpc: destroy server sockets all at once
There's no reason I can see that we need to call sv_shutdown between
closing the two lists of sockets.

Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2011-12-06 16:18:52 -05:00
J. Bruce Fields
7710ec36b6 svcrpc: make svc_delete_xprt static
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2011-12-06 16:18:51 -05:00
Rafael J. Wysocki
2e8e89e392 Merge branch 'pm-freezer' into pm-sleep
* pm-freezer: (26 commits)
  Freezer / sunrpc / NFS: don't allow TASK_KILLABLE sleeps to block the freezer
  Freezer: fix more fallout from the thaw_process rename
  freezer: fix wait_event_freezable/__thaw_task races
  freezer: kill unused set_freezable_with_signal()
  dmatest: don't use set_freezable_with_signal()
  usb_storage: don't use set_freezable_with_signal()
  freezer: remove unused @sig_only from freeze_task()
  freezer: use lock_task_sighand() in fake_signal_wake_up()
  freezer: restructure __refrigerator()
  freezer: fix set_freezable[_with_signal]() race
  freezer: remove should_send_signal() and update frozen()
  freezer: remove now unused TIF_FREEZE
  freezer: make freezing() test freeze conditions in effect instead of TIF_FREEZE
  cgroup_freezer: prepare for removal of TIF_FREEZE
  freezer: clean up freeze_processes() failure path
  freezer: kill PF_FREEZING
  freezer: test freezable conditions while holding freezer_lock
  freezer: make freezing indicate freeze condition in effect
  freezer: use dedicated lock instead of task_lock() + memory barrier
  freezer: don't distinguish nosig tasks on thaw
  ...
2011-12-06 22:12:50 +01:00
Jeff Layton
d310310cbf Freezer / sunrpc / NFS: don't allow TASK_KILLABLE sleeps to block the freezer
Allow the freezer to skip wait_on_bit_killable sleeps in the sunrpc
layer. This should allow suspend and hibernate events to proceed, even
when there are RPC's pending on the wire.

Also, wrap the TASK_KILLABLE sleeps in NFS layer in freezer_do_not_count
and freezer_count calls. This allows the freezer to skip tasks that are
sleeping while looping on EJUKEBOX or NFS4ERR_DELAY sorts of errors.

Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
2011-12-06 22:12:27 +01:00
Johannes Berg
3df6eaea76 mac80211: accept public action frames with mismatched BSSID
Arik's patch "mac80211: allow action frames with unknown
BSSID in GO mode" allowed any action frames in P2P mode
to go through, but only to cooked monitor interfaces as
the IEEE80211_RX_RA_MATCH was still cleared. As a result
my no-monitor patches broke invitation responses.

Instead of allowing any action frames in P2P GO mode to
go through with a wrong BSSID like that patch did, allow
all public action frames. They will never be processed
by mac80211, but can be reported via nl80211 then.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-12-06 16:07:07 -05:00
Alexander Simon
54858ee5bf nl80211: Parse channel type attribute in an ibss join request
Prepare cfg80211 for IBSS HT:
 * extend cfg80211 ibss struct with channel_type
 * Check if extension channel can be used
 * Export can_beacon_sec_chan for use in mac80211 (will be called
   from ibss.c later).

Signed-off-by: Alexander Simon <an.alexsimon@googlemail.com>
[siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de: Updates]
* fix cfg80211_can_beacon_ext_chan comment
* remove implicit channel_type enum assumptions
* remove radar channel flags check
* add HT IBSS feature flag
* reword commit message

Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-12-06 16:05:24 -05:00
John W. Linville
5f779bbd47 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/padovan/bluetooth-next 2011-12-06 16:02:05 -05:00
Linus Torvalds
091c0f86ba Merge branch 'perf-urgent-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip
* 'perf-urgent-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip:
  ftrace: Fix hash record accounting bug
  perf: Fix parsing of __print_flags() in TP_printk()
  jump_label: jump_label_inc may return before the code is patched
  ftrace: Remove force undef config value left for testing
  tracing: Restore system filter behavior
  tracing: fix event_subsystem ref counting
2011-12-06 11:54:33 -08:00
Peter Zijlstra
fdaabd800b sched: Fix compile error for UP,!NOHZ
Commit 69e1e811 ("sched, nohz: Track nr_busy_cpus in the
sched_group_power") messed up the static inline function definition.

Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Suresh Siddha <suresh.b.siddha@intel.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/n/tip-abjah8ctq5qrjjtdiabe8lph@git.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2011-12-06 20:51:18 +01:00
Peter Zijlstra
ac99b862fb jump_label: Provide jump_label_key initializers
Provide two initializers for jump_label_key that initialize it enabled
or disabled. Also modify all jump_label code to allow for jump_labels to be
initialized enabled.

Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/n/tip-p40e3yj21b68y03z1yv825e7@git.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2011-12-06 20:41:03 +01:00
Pavel Emelyanov
126fdc3249 inet_diag: Introduce new inet_diag_req header
This one coinsides with the sock_diag_req in the beginning and
contains only used fields from its previous analogue.

The existing code is patched to use the _compat version of it
for now.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-06 13:58:01 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov
d366477a52 sock_diag: Initial skeleton
When receiving the SOCK_DIAG_BY_FAMILY message we have to find the
handler for provided family and pass the nl message to it.

This patch describes an infrastructure to work with such nandlers
and implements stubs for AF_INET(6) ones.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-06 13:58:01 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov
8d34172dfd sock_diag: Introduce new message type
This type will run the family+protocol based socket dumping.
Also prepare the stub function for it.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-06 13:58:01 -05:00
Pavel Emelyanov
7f1fb60c4f inet_diag: Partly rename inet_ to sock_
The ultimate goal is to get the sock_diag module, that works in
family+protocol terms. Currently this is suitable to do on the
inet_diag basis, so rename parts of the code. It will be moved
to sock_diag.c later.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-06 13:57:36 -05:00
Erwan Bracq
d5f43c1ea4 caif-spi: Bugfix for dump upon device removal
Fix dump upon device removal, by moving deinitialization from
platform-device-remove to network-interface-uninit.

Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-06 13:34:12 -05:00
John W. Linville
d39aeaf260 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next into for-davem 2011-12-06 10:47:12 -05:00
Arnd Bergmann
3642a0a2c7 Merge branch 'mxs/saif' into next/drivers
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/Kconfig
2011-12-06 14:23:35 +00:00
Jerome Glisse
57de4ba959 drm/ttm: simplify memory accounting for ttm user v2
Provide helper function to compute the kernel memory size needed
for each buffer object. Move all the accounting inside ttm, simplifying
driver and avoiding code duplication accross them.

v2 fix accounting of ghost object, one would have thought that i
   would have run into the issue since a longtime but it seems
   ghost object are rare when you have plenty of vram ;)

Signed-off-by: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
2011-12-06 10:40:11 +00:00
Jerome Glisse
8e7e70522d drm/ttm: isolate dma data from ttm_tt V4
Move dma data to a superset ttm_dma_tt structure which herit
from ttm_tt. This allow driver that don't use dma functionalities
to not have to waste memory for it.

V2 Rebase on top of no memory account changes (where/when is my
   delorean when i need it ?)
V3 Make sure page list is initialized empty
V4 typo/syntax fixes

Signed-off-by: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
2011-12-06 10:40:02 +00:00
Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk
2334b75ffb drm/ttm: provide dma aware ttm page pool code V9
In TTM world the pages for the graphic drivers are kept in three different
pools: write combined, uncached, and cached (write-back). When the pages
are used by the graphic driver the graphic adapter via its built in MMU
(or AGP) programs these pages in. The programming requires the virtual address
(from the graphic adapter perspective) and the physical address (either System RAM
or the memory on the card) which is obtained using the pci_map_* calls (which does the
virtual to physical - or bus address translation). During the graphic application's
"life" those pages can be shuffled around, swapped out to disk, moved from the
VRAM to System RAM or vice-versa. This all works with the existing TTM pool code
- except when we want to use the software IOTLB (SWIOTLB) code to "map" the physical
addresses to the graphic adapter MMU. We end up programming the bounce buffer's
physical address instead of the TTM pool memory's and get a non-worky driver.
There are two solutions:
1) using the DMA API to allocate pages that are screened by the DMA API, or
2) using the pci_sync_* calls to copy the pages from the bounce-buffer and back.

This patch fixes the issue by allocating pages using the DMA API. The second
is a viable option - but it has performance drawbacks and potential correctness
issues - think of the write cache page being bounced (SWIOTLB->TTM), the
WC is set on the TTM page and the copy from SWIOTLB not making it to the TTM
page until the page has been recycled in the pool (and used by another application).

The bounce buffer does not get activated often - only in cases where we have
a 32-bit capable card and we want to use a page that is allocated above the
4GB limit. The bounce buffer offers the solution of copying the contents
of that 4GB page to an location below 4GB and then back when the operation has been
completed (or vice-versa). This is done by using the 'pci_sync_*' calls.
Note: If you look carefully enough in the existing TTM page pool code you will
notice the GFP_DMA32 flag is used  - which should guarantee that the provided page
is under 4GB. It certainly is the case, except this gets ignored in two cases:
 - If user specifies 'swiotlb=force' which bounces _every_ page.
 - If user is using a Xen's PV Linux guest (which uses the SWIOTLB and the
   underlaying PFN's aren't necessarily under 4GB).

To not have this extra copying done the other option is to allocate the pages
using the DMA API so that there is not need to map the page and perform the
expensive 'pci_sync_*' calls.

This DMA API capable TTM pool requires for this the 'struct device' to
properly call the DMA API. It also has to track the virtual and bus address of
the page being handed out in case it ends up being swapped out or de-allocated -
to make sure it is de-allocated using the proper's 'struct device'.

Implementation wise the code keeps two lists: one that is attached to the
'struct device' (via the dev->dma_pools list) and a global one to be used when
the 'struct device' is unavailable (think shrinker code). The global list can
iterate over all of the 'struct device' and its associated dma_pool. The list
in dev->dma_pools can only iterate the device's dma_pool.
                                                            /[struct device_pool]\
        /---------------------------------------------------| dev                |
       /                                            +-------| dma_pool           |
 /-----+------\                                    /        \--------------------/
 |struct device|     /-->[struct dma_pool for WC]</         /[struct device_pool]\
 | dma_pools   +----+                                     /-| dev                |
 |  ...        |    \--->[struct dma_pool for uncached]<-/--| dma_pool           |
 \-----+------/                                         /   \--------------------/
        \----------------------------------------------/
[Two pools associated with the device (WC and UC), and the parallel list
containing the 'struct dev' and 'struct dma_pool' entries]

The maximum amount of dma pools a device can have is six: write-combined,
uncached, and cached; then there are the DMA32 variants which are:
write-combined dma32, uncached dma32, and cached dma32.

Currently this code only gets activated when any variant of the SWIOTLB IOMMU
code is running (Intel without VT-d, AMD without GART, IBM Calgary and Xen PV
with PCI devices).

Tested-by: Michel Dänzer <michel@daenzer.net>
[v1: Using swiotlb_nr_tbl instead of swiotlb_enabled]
[v2: Major overhaul - added 'inuse_list' to seperate used from inuse and reorder
the order of lists to get better performance.]
[v3: Added comments/and some logic based on review, Added Jerome tag]
[v4: rebase on top of ttm_tt & ttm_backend merge]
[v5: rebase on top of ttm memory accounting overhaul]
[v6: New rebase on top of more memory accouting changes]
[v7: well rebase on top of no memory accounting changes]
[v8: make sure pages list is initialized empty]
[v9: calll ttm_mem_global_free_page in unpopulate for accurate accountg]
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
2011-12-06 10:39:33 +00:00
Jerome Glisse
b1e5f17232 drm/ttm: introduce callback for ttm_tt populate & unpopulate V4
Move the page allocation and freeing to driver callback and
provide ttm code helper function for those.

Most intrusive change, is the fact that we now only fully
populate an object this simplify some of code designed around
the page fault design.

V2 Rebase on top of memory accounting overhaul
V3 New rebase on top of more memory accouting changes
V4 Rebase on top of no memory account changes (where/when is my
   delorean when i need it ?)

Signed-off-by: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
2011-12-06 10:39:24 +00:00
Jerome Glisse
649bf3ca77 drm/ttm: merge ttm_backend and ttm_tt V5
ttm_backend will only exist with a ttm_tt, and ttm_tt
will only be of interest when bound to a backend. Merge them
to avoid code and data duplication.

V2 Rebase on top of memory accounting overhaul
V3 Rebase on top of more memory accounting changes
V4 Rebase on top of no memory account changes (where/when is my
   delorean when i need it ?)
V5 make sure ttm is unbound before destroying, change commit
   message on suggestion from Tormod Volden

Signed-off-by: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
2011-12-06 10:39:17 +00:00
Jerome Glisse
822c4d9ae0 drm/ttm: page allocation use page array instead of list
Use the ttm_tt pages array for pages allocations, move the list
unwinding into the page allocation functions.

Signed-off-by: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
2011-12-06 10:39:11 +00:00
Jerome Glisse
a14af87b0b drm/ttm: remove unused backend flags field
This field is not use by any of the driver just drop it.

Signed-off-by: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
2011-12-06 10:38:48 +00:00
Jerome Glisse
667b7a27c2 drm/ttm: remove split btw highmen and lowmem page
Split btw highmem and lowmem page was rendered useless by the
pool code. Remove it. Note further cleanup would change the
ttm page allocation helper to actualy take an array instead
of relying on list this could drasticly reduce the number of
function call in the common case of allocation whole buffer.

Signed-off-by: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
2011-12-06 10:38:36 +00:00
Jerome Glisse
3316497bcd drm/ttm: remove userspace backed ttm object support
This was never use in none of the driver, properly using userspace
page for bo would need more code (vma interaction mostly). Removing
this dead code in preparation of ttm_tt & backend merge.

Signed-off-by: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
2011-12-06 10:38:10 +00:00
Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk
f21ffe9f6d swiotlb: Expose swiotlb_nr_tlb function to modules
As a mechanism to detect whether SWIOTLB is enabled or not.
We also fix the spelling - it was swioltb instead of
swiotlb.

CC: FUJITA Tomonori <fujita.tomonori@lab.ntt.co.jp>
[v1: Ripped out swiotlb_enabled]
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
2011-12-06 10:38:03 +00:00
Stephen Warren
a0f203d384 ASoC: WM8903: Fix platform data gpio_cfg confusion
wm8903_platform_data.gpio_cfg[] was intended to be interpreted as follows:
0:       Don't touch this GPIO's configuration register
1..7fff: Write that value to the GPIO's configuration register
8000:    Write zero to the GPIO's configuration register
other:   Undefined (invalid)

The rationale is that platform data is usually global data, and a value of
zero means that the field wasn't explicitly set to anything (e.g. because
the field was new to the pdata type, and existing users weren't update to
initialize it) and hence the value zero should be ignored. 0x8000 is an
explicit way to get 0 in the register.

The code worked this way until commit 7cfe561 "ASoC: wm8903: Expose GPIOs
through gpiolib", where the behaviour was changed due to my lack of
awareness of the above rationale.

This patch reverts to the intended behaviour, and updates all in-tree users
to use the correct scheme. This also makes WM8903 consistent with other
devices that use a similar scheme.

WM8903_GPIO_NO_CONFIG is also renamed to WM8903_GPIO_CONFIG_ZERO so that
its name accurately reflects its purpose.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: Olof Johansson <olof@lixom.net>
Cc: Colin Cross <ccross@android.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
2011-12-06 10:29:22 +00:00
Jesse Barnes
a62c93d5df drm: document the drm_mode_config structure
Including a comment about what the locks are for.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Reviewed-by: Alex Deucher <alexdeucher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
2011-12-06 10:23:35 +00:00
Jesse Barnes
c1aaca237c drm: document the drm_mode_group structure
This is actually a core structure with a big future ahead of it.  Make
it a little less mysterious.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
2011-12-06 10:23:34 +00:00
Jesse Barnes
550cebcdb5 drm: document and cleanup drm_mode_config_funcs
Just fix the wrapping mostly.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Reviewed-by: Alex Deucher <alexdeucher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
2011-12-06 10:23:33 +00:00
Jesse Barnes
ef27351ae1 drm: document drm_mode_set structure
This is a core mode setting structure that deserves a little verbiage.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Reviewed-by: Alex Deucher <alexdeucher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
2011-12-06 10:23:32 +00:00
Jesse Barnes
722525481a drm: remove unused fields in drm_connector and document the rest
We never used initial_x/y or the force_encoder_id, so drop those fields
and proide a basic description of the others.

Really, the ELD bits belong in drm_display_info rather than directly in
the connector, but that's a separate cleanup.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Reviewed-by: Alex Deucher <alexdeucher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
2011-12-06 10:23:31 +00:00
Jesse Barnes
db3e44996f drm: add drm_encoder comments
Just some basic comments about the place and function of the structure
and fields.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Reviewed-by: Alex Deucher <alexdeucher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
2011-12-06 10:23:30 +00:00
Jesse Barnes
6c3db9200b drm: add comments for drm_encoder_funcs
Just basic verbiage.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Reviewed-by: Alex Deucher <alexdeucher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
2011-12-06 10:23:29 +00:00
Jesse Barnes
7749163efe drm: fix comments for drm_crtc struct
Remove stale entries and update with the latest stuff.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Reviewed-by: Alex Deucher <alexdeucher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
2011-12-06 10:23:28 +00:00
Jesse Barnes
6f215f9f86 drm: remove unused connector_count field from drm_display_mode
Doesn't really belong here anyway.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Reviewed-by: Alex Deucher <alexdeucher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
2011-12-06 10:06:25 +00:00
Alan Cox
838fa588a2 gma500: Move the API
Finally move the API where it can be seen

Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
2011-12-06 09:54:23 +00:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
54c29c635a mm, x86: Remove debug_pagealloc_enabled
When (no)bootmem finish operation, it pass pages to buddy
allocator. Since debug_pagealloc_enabled is not set, we will do
not protect pages, what is not what we want with
CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC=y.

To fix remove debug_pagealloc_enabled. That variable was
introduced by commit 12d6f21e "x86: do not PSE on
CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC=y" to get more CPA (change page
attribude) code testing. But currently we have CONFIG_CPA_DEBUG,
which test CPA.

Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: linux-mm@kvack.org
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1322582711-14571-1-git-send-email-sgruszka@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2011-12-06 09:24:07 +01:00
Glauber Costa
3292beb340 sched/accounting: Change cpustat fields to an array
This patch changes fields in cpustat from a structure, to an
u64 array. Math gets easier, and the code is more flexible.

Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Paul Tuner <pjt@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1322498719-2255-2-git-send-email-glommer@parallels.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2011-12-06 09:06:38 +01:00
Suresh Siddha
69e1e811dc sched, nohz: Track nr_busy_cpus in the sched_group_power
Introduce nr_busy_cpus in the struct sched_group_power [Not in sched_group
because sched groups are duplicated for the SD_OVERLAP scheduler domain]
and for each cpu that enters and exits idle, this parameter will
be updated in each scheduler group of the scheduler domain that this cpu
belongs to.

To avoid the frequent update of this state as the cpu enters
and exits idle, the update of the stat during idle exit is
delayed to the first timer tick that happens after the cpu becomes busy.
This is done using NOHZ_IDLE flag in the struct rq's nohz_flags.

Signed-off-by: Suresh Siddha <suresh.b.siddha@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20111202010832.555984323@sbsiddha-desk.sc.intel.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2011-12-06 09:06:32 +01:00
Andrew Vagin
b781a602ac events, sched: Add tracepoint for accounting blocked time
This tracepoint shows how long a task is sleeping in uninterruptible state.

E.g. it may show how long and where a mutex is waited for.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Vagin <avagin@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1322471015-107825-8-git-send-email-avagin@openvz.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2011-12-06 08:51:23 +01:00
Gleb Natapov
b202952075 perf, core: Rate limit perf_sched_events jump_label patching
jump_lable patching is very expensive operation that involves pausing all
cpus. The patching of perf_sched_events jump_label is easily controllable
from userspace by unprivileged user.

When te user runs a loop like this:

  "while true; do perf stat -e cycles true; done"

... the performance of my test application that just increments a counter
for one second drops by 4%.

This is on a 16 cpu box with my test application using only one of
them. An impact on a real server doing real work will be worse.

Performance of KVM PMU drops nearly 50% due to jump_lable for "perf
record" since KVM PMU implementation creates and destroys perf event
frequently.

This patch introduces a way to rate limit jump_label patching and uses
it to fix the above problem.

I believe that as jump_label use will spread the problem will become more
common and thus solving it in a generic code is appropriate. Also fixing
it in the perf code would result in moving jump_label accounting logic to
perf code with all the ifdefs in case of JUMP_LABEL=n kernel. With this
patch all details are nicely hidden inside jump_label code.

Signed-off-by: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20111127155909.GO2557@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2011-12-06 08:34:02 +01:00
Robert Richter
1e2ad28f80 perf, x86: Implement event scheduler helper functions
This patch introduces x86 perf scheduler code helper functions. We
need this to later add more complex functionality to support
overlapping counter constraints (next patch).

The algorithm is modified so that the range of weight values is now
generated from the constraints. There shouldn't be other functional
changes.

With the helper functions the scheduler is controlled. There are
functions to initialize, traverse the event list, find unused counters
etc. The scheduler keeps its own state.

V3:
* Added macro for_each_set_bit_cont().
* Changed functions interfaces of perf_sched_find_counter() and
  perf_sched_next_event() to use bool as return value.
* Added some comments to make code better understandable.

V4:
* Fix broken event assignment if weight of the first event is not
  wmin (perf_sched_init()).

Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <robert.richter@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Stephane Eranian <eranian@google.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1321616122-1533-2-git-send-email-robert.richter@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2011-12-06 08:33:54 +01:00
Peter Zijlstra
0f5a260128 perf: Avoid a useless pmu_disable() in the perf-tick
Gleb writes:

 > Currently pmu is disabled and re-enabled on each timer interrupt even
 > when no rotation or frequency adjustment is needed. On Intel CPU this
 > results in two writes into PERF_GLOBAL_CTRL MSR per tick. On bare metal
 > it does not cause significant slowdown, but when running perf in a virtual
 > machine it leads to 20% slowdown on my machine.

Cure this by keeping a perf_event_context::nr_freq counter that counts the
number of active events that require frequency adjustments and use this in a
similar fashion to the already existing nr_events != nr_active test in
perf_rotate_context().

By being able to exclude both rotation and frequency adjustments a-priory for
the common case we can avoid the otherwise superfluous PMU disable.

Suggested-by: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/n/tip-515yhoatehd3gza7we9fapaa@git.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2011-12-06 08:33:52 +01:00
Christoph Hellwig
6f21475576 target: remove the unused se_dev_list
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2011-12-06 06:00:57 +00:00
Jörn Engel
5c73b678f7 target: remove unused struct fields
Some are never used, some are set but never read, dev_hoq_count is
incremented and decremented, but never read.

Signed-off-by: Joern Engel <joern@logfs.org>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2011-12-06 06:00:56 +00:00
Christoph Hellwig
6fd126ffeb target: remove the unused t_task_pt_sgl and t_task_pt_sgl_num se_cmd fields
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2011-12-06 06:00:53 +00:00
Christoph Hellwig
33c3fafc43 target: remove the t_tasks_bidi se_cmd field
And use a SCF_BIDI flag instead.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2011-12-06 06:00:53 +00:00
Christoph Hellwig
2d3a4b51df target: remove the t_tasks_fua se_cmd field
And use a SCF_FUA flag instead.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2011-12-06 06:00:52 +00:00
Christoph Hellwig
aad13ca20d target: remove the se_ordered_node se_cmd field
We never walk ordered_cmd_list in the se_device, so remove all code related
to supporting it.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2011-12-06 06:00:52 +00:00
Christoph Hellwig
58a2801a4b target: remove the se_obj_ptr and se_orig_obj_ptr se_cmd fields
We already have a perfectly valid se_device pointer in the command, so
remove the mostly useless duplicates.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2011-12-06 06:00:52 +00:00
Bart Van Assche
5f655e8d2a target: Avoid compiler warnings about signed one-bit bitfields
Convert to unsigned bit fields for active I/O shutdown fields.

Signed-off-by: Bart Van Assche <bvanassche@acm.org>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2011-12-06 06:00:50 +00:00
Nicholas Bellinger
03e98c9eb9 target: Address legacy PYX_TRANSPORT_* return code breakage
This patch removes legacy usage of PYX_TRANSPORT_* return codes in a number
of locations and addresses cases where transport_generic_request_failure()
was returning the incorrect sense upon CHECK_CONDITION status after the
v3.1 converson to use errno return codes.

This includes the conversion of transport_generic_request_failure() to
process cmd->scsi_sense_reason and handle extra TCM_RESERVATION_CONFLICT
before calling transport_send_check_condition_and_sense() to queue up
response status.  It also drops PYX_TRANSPORT_OUT_OF_MEMORY_RESOURCES legacy
usgae, and returns TCM_LOGICAL_UNIT_COMMUNICATION_FAILURE w/ a response
for these cases.

transport_generic_allocate_tasks(), transport_generic_new_cmd(), backend
SCF_SCSI_DATA_SG_IO_CDB ->do_task(), and emulated ->execute_task() have
all been updated to set se_cmd->scsi_sense_reason and return errno codes
universally upon failure.  This includes cmd->scsi_sense_reason assignment
in target_core_alua.c, target_core_pr.c and target_core_cdb.c emulation code.

Finally it updates fabric modules to remove the legacy usage, and for
TFO->new_cmd_map() callers forwards return values outside of fabric code.
iscsi-target has also been updated to remove a handful of special cases
related to the cleanup and signaling QUEUE_FULL handling w/ ft_write_pending()

(v2: Drop extra SCF_SCSI_CDB_EXCEPTION check during failure from
     transport_generic_new_cmd, and re-add missing task->task_error_status
     assignment in transport_complete_task)

Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
2011-12-06 06:00:49 +00:00
Linus Torvalds
45e713efe2 Merge branch 'x86-urgent-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip
* 'x86-urgent-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip:
  intr_remapping: Fix section mismatch in ir_dev_scope_init()
  intel-iommu: Fix section mismatch in dmar_parse_rmrr_atsr_dev()
  x86, amd: Fix up numa_node information for AMD CPU family 15h model 0-0fh northbridge functions
  x86, AMD: Correct align_va_addr documentation
  x86/rtc, mrst: Don't register a platform RTC device for for Intel MID platforms
  x86/mrst: Battery fixes
  x86/paravirt: PTE updates in k(un)map_atomic need to be synchronous, regardless of lazy_mmu mode
  x86: Fix "Acer Aspire 1" reboot hang
  x86/mtrr: Resolve inconsistency with Intel processor manual
  x86: Document rdmsr_safe restrictions
  x86, microcode: Fix the failure path of microcode update driver init code
  Add TAINT_FIRMWARE_WORKAROUND on MTRR fixup
  x86/mpparse: Account for bus types other than ISA and PCI
  x86, mrst: Change the pmic_gpio device type to IPC
  mrst: Added some platform data for the SFI translations
  x86,mrst: Power control commands update
  x86/reboot: Blacklist Dell OptiPlex 990 known to require PCI reboot
  x86, UV: Fix UV2 hub part number
  x86: Add user_mode_vm check in stack_overflow_check
2011-12-05 16:54:15 -08:00
Linus Torvalds
232ea34455 Merge branch 'perf-urgent-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip
* 'perf-urgent-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip:
  perf: Fix loss of notification with multi-event
  perf, x86: Force IBS LVT offset assignment for family 10h
  perf, x86: Disable PEBS on SandyBridge chips
  trace_events_filter: Use rcu_assign_pointer() when setting ftrace_event_call->filter
  perf session: Fix crash with invalid CPU list
  perf python: Fix undefined symbol problem
  perf/x86: Enable raw event access to Intel offcore events
  perf: Don't use -ENOSPC for out of PMU resources
  perf: Do not set task_ctx pointer in cpuctx if there are no events in the context
  perf/x86: Fix PEBS instruction unwind
  oprofile, x86: Fix crash when unloading module (nmi timer mode)
  oprofile: Fix crash when unloading module (hr timer mode)
2011-12-05 16:54:00 -08:00
Linus Torvalds
7125faceab Merge branch 'sched-urgent-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip
* 'sched-urgent-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip:
  sched, x86: Avoid unnecessary overflow in sched_clock
  sched: Fix buglet in return_cfs_rq_runtime()
  sched: Avoid SMT siblings in select_idle_sibling() if possible
  sched: Set the command name of the idle tasks in SMP kernels
  sched, rt: Provide means of disabling cross-cpu bandwidth sharing
  sched: Document wait_for_completion_*() return values
  sched_fair: Fix a typo in the comment describing update_sd_lb_stats
  sched: Add a comment to effective_load() since it's a pain
2011-12-05 16:50:24 -08:00
Russell King
73829af71f Merge branch 'vmalloc' of git://git.linaro.org/people/nico/linux into devel-stable 2011-12-05 23:27:59 +00:00
sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com
63afe12f4b if_ether.h: Add IEEE 802.1 Local Experimental Ethertype 1.
Add EthType 0x88b5.
This Ethertype value is available for public use for prototype and
vendor-specific protocol development,as defined in Amendment 802a
to IEEE Std 802.

Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-05 18:27:56 -05:00
David Miller
2721745501 net: Rename dst_get_neighbour{, _raw} to dst_get_neighbour_noref{, _raw}.
To reflect the fact that a refrence is not obtained to the
resulting neighbour entry.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
2011-12-05 15:20:19 -05:00
Mark Brown
2f288efd2f Merge branch 'topic/dt' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/broonie/regulator into regulator-next 2011-12-05 19:27:49 +00:00
Shawn Guo
d9a861cce1 regulator: pass device_node to of_get_regulator_init_data()
It's not always true that the device_node of regulator can be found
at dev->of_node at the time when of_get_regulator_init_data() is being
called, because in some cases the regulator nodes in device tree do
not have 'struct device' behind them until regulator_dev gets created
for it by core function regulator_register().

The patch adds device_node as a new parameter to
of_get_regulator_init_data(), so that caller can pass in the node of
regulator directly.

Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Cc: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Cc: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
2011-12-05 19:10:17 +00:00
Li Zefan
27b14b56af tracing: Restore system filter behavior
Though not all events have field 'prev_pid', it was allowed to do this:

  # echo 'prev_pid == 100' > events/sched/filter

but commit 75b8e98263 (tracing/filter: Swap
entire filter of events) broke it without any reason.

Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/4EAF46CF.8040408@cn.fujitsu.com

Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
2011-12-05 13:28:45 -05:00
Alex Williamson
91f57d5e1b PCI: More PRI/PASID cleanup
More consistency cleanups.  Drop the _OFF, separate and indent
CTRL/CAP/STATUS bit definitions.  This helped find the previous
mis-use of bit 0 in the PASID capability register.

Reviewed-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Tested-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
2011-12-05 10:22:15 -08:00
Rafael J. Wysocki
d90116ea38 PCI/ACPI: Make acpiphp ignore root bridges using SHPC native hotplug
If the kernel has requested control of the SHPC native hotplug
feature for a given root bridge, the acpiphp driver should not try
to handle that root bridge and it should leave it to shpchp.
Failing to do so causes problems to happen if shpchp is loaded
and unloaded before loading acpiphp (ACPI-based hotplug won't work
in that case anyway).

To address this issue make find_root_bridges() ignore PCI root
bridges with SHPC native hotplug enabled and make add_bridge()
return error code if SHPC native hotplug is enabled for the given
root bridge.  This causes acpiphp to refuse to load if SHPC native
hotplug is enabled for all root bridges and to refuse binding to
the root bridges with SHPC native hotplug enabled.

Reviewed-by: Kenji Kaneshige <kaneshige.kenji@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
2011-12-05 10:21:48 -08:00
Matthew Garrett
3c076351c4 PCI: Rework ASPM disable code
Right now we forcibly clear ASPM state on all devices if the BIOS indicates
that the feature isn't supported. Based on the Microsoft presentation
"PCI Express In Depth for Windows Vista and Beyond", I'm starting to think
that this may be an error. The implication is that unless the platform
grants full control via _OSC, Windows will not touch any PCIe features -
including ASPM. In that case clearing ASPM state would be an error unless
the platform has granted us that control.

This patch reworks the ASPM disabling code such that the actual clearing
of state is triggered by a successful handoff of PCIe control to the OS.
The general ASPM code undergoes some changes in order to ensure that the
ability to clear the bits isn't overridden by ASPM having already been
disabled. Further, this theoretically now allows for situations where
only a subset of PCIe roots hand over control, leaving the others in the
BIOS state.

It's difficult to know for sure that this is the right thing to do -
there's zero public documentation on the interaction between all of these
components. But enough vendors enable ASPM on platforms and then set this
bit that it seems likely that they're expecting the OS to leave them alone.

Measured to save around 5W on an idle Thinkpad X220.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
2011-12-05 10:21:45 -08:00
Alex Williamson
69166fbf02 PCI: Fix PRI and PASID consistency
These are extended capabilities, rename and move to proper
group for consistency.

Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
2011-12-05 10:21:45 -08:00
Neil Horman
b50cac55bf PCI/sysfs: add per pci device msi[x] irq listing (v5)
This patch adds a per-pci-device subdirectory in sysfs called:
/sys/bus/pci/devices/<device>/msi_irqs

This sub-directory exports the set of msi vectors allocated by a given
pci device, by creating a numbered sub-directory for each vector beneath
msi_irqs.  For each vector various attributes can be exported.
Currently the only attribute is called mode, which tracks the
operational mode of that vector (msi vs. msix)

Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
2011-12-05 10:21:44 -08:00
Andreas Herrmann
f62ef5f3e9 x86, amd: Fix up numa_node information for AMD CPU family 15h model 0-0fh northbridge functions
I've received complaints that the numa_node attribute for family
15h model 00-0fh (e.g. Interlagos) northbridge functions shows
-1 instead of the proper node ID.

Correct this with attached quirks (similar to quirks for other
AMD CPU families used in multi-socket systems).

Signed-off-by: Andreas Herrmann <andreas.herrmann3@amd.com>
Cc: Frank Arnold <frank.arnold@amd.com>
Cc: Borislav Petkov <borislav.petkov@amd.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20111202072143.GA31916@alberich.amd.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2011-12-05 18:13:11 +01:00
Mark Brown
681ba97d9f Merge branch 'regmap/irq' into regmap-next 2011-12-05 16:21:05 +00:00
Mark Brown
209a600623 regmap: Add irq_base accessor to regmap_irq
Allows devices to discover their own interrupt without having to remember
it themselves.

Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
2011-12-05 16:13:31 +00:00
Mark Brown
8569d023a0 Merge branch 'topic/cache' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/broonie/regmap into regmap-next 2011-12-05 13:18:50 +00:00
Mark Brown
bf31517335 regmap: Allow drivers to reinitialise the register cache at runtime
Sometimes the register map information may change in ways that drivers can
discover at runtime. For example, new revisions of a device may add new
registers. Support runtime discovery by drivers by allowing the register
cache to be reinitialised with a new function regmap_reinit_cache() which
discards the existing cache and creates a new one.

Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
2011-12-05 13:17:36 +00:00
Mitsuo Hayasaka
55af77969f x86: Panic on detection of stack overflow
Currently, messages are just output on the detection of stack
overflow, which is not sufficient for systems that need a
high reliability. This is because in general the overflow may
corrupt data, and the additional corruption may occur due to
reading them unless systems stop.

This patch adds the sysctl parameter
kernel.panic_on_stackoverflow and causes a panic when detecting
the overflows of kernel, IRQ and exception stacks except user
stack according to the parameter. It is disabled by default.

Signed-off-by: Mitsuo Hayasaka <mitsuo.hayasaka.hu@hitachi.com>
Cc: yrl.pp-manager.tt@hitachi.com
Cc: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Cc: "H. Peter Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20111129060836.11076.12323.stgit@ltc219.sdl.hitachi.co.jp
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2011-12-05 11:37:47 +01:00
Peter Zijlstra
10c6db110d perf: Fix loss of notification with multi-event
When you do:
        $ perf record -e cycles,cycles,cycles noploop 10

You expect about 10,000 samples for each event, i.e., 10s at
1000samples/sec. However, this is not what's happening. You
get much fewer samples, maybe 3700 samples/event:

$ perf report -D | tail -15
Aggregated stats:
           TOTAL events:      10998
            MMAP events:         66
            COMM events:          2
          SAMPLE events:      10930
cycles stats:
           TOTAL events:       3644
          SAMPLE events:       3644
cycles stats:
           TOTAL events:       3642
          SAMPLE events:       3642
cycles stats:
           TOTAL events:       3644
          SAMPLE events:       3644

On a Intel Nehalem or even AMD64, there are 4 counters capable
of measuring cycles, so there is plenty of space to measure those
events without multiplexing (even with the NMI watchdog active).
And even with multiplexing, we'd expect roughly the same number
of samples per event.

The root of the problem was that when the event that caused the buffer
to become full was not the first event passed on the cmdline, the user
notification would get lost. The notification was sent to the file
descriptor of the overflowed event but the perf tool was not polling
on it.  The perf tool aggregates all samples into a single buffer,
i.e., the buffer of the first event. Consequently, it assumes
notifications for any event will come via that descriptor.

The seemingly straight forward solution of moving the waitq into the
ringbuffer object doesn't work because of life-time issues. One could
perf_event_set_output() on a fd that you're also blocking on and cause
the old rb object to be freed while its waitq would still be
referenced by the blocked thread -> FAIL.

Therefore link all events to the ringbuffer and broadcast the wakeup
from the ringbuffer object to all possible events that could be waited
upon. This is rather ugly, and we're open to better solutions but it
works for now.

Reported-by: Stephane Eranian <eranian@google.com>
Finished-by: Stephane Eranian <eranian@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephane Eranian <eranian@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20111126014731.GA7030@quad
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2011-12-05 09:33:03 +01:00
Florian Westphal
ea6e574e34 ipv6: add ip6_route_lookup
like rt6_lookup, but allows caller to pass in flowi6 structure.
Will be used by the upcoming ipv6 netfilter reverse path filter
match.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-04 22:44:07 +01:00
Florian Westphal
8f97339d3f netfilter: add ipv4 reverse path filter match
This tries to do the same thing as fib_validate_source(), but differs
in several aspects.

The most important difference is that the reverse path filter built into
fib_validate_source uses the oif as iif when performing the reverse
lookup.  We do not do this, as the oif is not yet known by the time the
PREROUTING hook is invoked.

We can't wait until FORWARD chain because by the time FORWARD is invoked
ipv4 forward path may have already sent icmp messages is response
to to-be-discarded-via-rpfilter packets.

To avoid the such an additional lookup in PREROUTING, Patrick McHardy
suggested to attach the path information directly in the match
(i.e., just do what the standard ipv4 path does a bit earlier in PREROUTING).

This works, but it also has a few caveats. Most importantly, when using
marks in PREROUTING to re-route traffic based on the nfmark, -m rpfilter
would have to be used after the nfmark has been set; otherwise the nfmark
would have no effect (because the route is already attached).

Another problem would be interaction with -j TPROXY, as this target sets an
nfmark and uses ACCEPT instead of continue, i.e. such a version of
-m rpfilter cannot be used for the initial to-be-intercepted packets.

In case in turns out that the oif is required, we can add Patricks
suggestion with a new match option (e.g. --rpf-use-oif) to keep ruleset
compatibility.

Another difference to current builtin ipv4 rpfilter is that packets subject to ipsec
transformation are not automatically excluded. If you want this, simply
combine -m rpfilter with the policy match.

Packets arriving on loopback interfaces always match.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2011-12-04 22:43:37 +01:00
Eric Dumazet
117632e64d tcp: take care of misalignments
We discovered that TCP stack could retransmit misaligned skbs if a
malicious peer acknowledged sub MSS frame. This currently can happen
only if output interface is non SG enabled : If SG is enabled, tcp
builds headless skbs (all payload is included in fragments), so the tcp
trimming process only removes parts of skb fragments, header stay
aligned.

Some arches cant handle misalignments, so force a head reallocation and
shrink headroom to MAX_TCP_HEADER.

Dont care about misaligments on x86 and PPC (or other arches setting
NET_IP_ALIGN to 0)

This patch introduces __pskb_copy() which can specify the headroom of
new head, and pskb_copy() becomes a wrapper on top of __pskb_copy()

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-04 13:20:39 -05:00
David S. Miller
78a8a36fe0 Merge branch 'for-upstream' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jesse/openvswitch 2011-12-03 22:53:31 -05:00
David S. Miller
04a6f4417b ipv6: Kill ndisc_get_neigh() inline helper.
It's only used in net/ipv6/route.c and the NULL device check is
superfluous for all of the existing call sites.

Just expand the __ndisc_lookup_errno() call at each location.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-03 18:29:30 -05:00
Chris Metcalf
a67ba43d30 asm-generic/unistd.h: support new process_vm_{readv,write} syscalls
Also prototype the "compat" functions so they can be referenced
from C code.

Signed-off-by: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@tilera.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
2011-12-03 15:31:48 -05:00
Jesse Gross
ccb1352e76 net: Add Open vSwitch kernel components.
Open vSwitch is a multilayer Ethernet switch targeted at virtualized
environments.  In addition to supporting a variety of features
expected in a traditional hardware switch, it enables fine-grained
programmatic extension and flow-based control of the network.
This control is useful in a wide variety of applications but is
particularly important in multi-server virtualization deployments,
which are often characterized by highly dynamic endpoints and the need
to maintain logical abstractions for multiple tenants.

The Open vSwitch datapath provides an in-kernel fast path for packet
forwarding.  It is complemented by a userspace daemon, ovs-vswitchd,
which is able to accept configuration from a variety of sources and
translate it into packet processing rules.

See http://openvswitch.org for more information and userspace
utilities.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
2011-12-03 09:35:17 -08:00
Jesse Gross
75f2811c64 ipv6: Add fragment reporting to ipv6_skip_exthdr().
While parsing through IPv6 extension headers, fragment headers are
skipped making them invisible to the caller.  This reports the
fragment offset of the last header in order to make it possible to
determine whether the packet is fragmented and, if so whether it is
a first or last fragment.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
2011-12-03 09:35:10 -08:00
Pravin B Shelar
396cf94305 vlan: Move vlan_set_encap_proto() to vlan header file
Open vSwitch needs this function for vlan handling.

Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
2011-12-03 09:35:09 -08:00
Jesse Gross
b4e16611c4 genetlink: Add rcu_dereference_genl and genl_dereference.
This adds rcu_dereference_genl and genl_dereference, which are genl
variants of the RTNL functions to enforce proper locking with lockdep
and sparse.

Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
2011-12-03 09:35:08 -08:00
Pravin B Shelar
86b1309c7e genetlink: Add lockdep_genl_is_held().
Open vSwitch uses genl_mutex locking to protect datapath
data-structures like flow-table, flow-actions. Following patch adds
lockdep_genl_is_held() which is used for rcu annotation to prove
locking.

Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
2011-12-03 09:35:07 -08:00
Pravin B Shelar
263ba61d3b genetlink: Add genl_notify()
Open vSwitch uses Generic Netlink interface for communication
between userspace and kernel module. genl_notify() is used
for sending notification back to userspace.

genl_notify() is analogous to rtnl_notify() but uses genl_sock
instead of rtnl.

Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
2011-12-03 09:35:05 -08:00
Andrei Emeltchenko
d095c1ebd4 Bluetooth: Remove magic bluetooth version numbers
Use bluetooth names instead of BT SIG assigned numbers

Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-03 08:27:58 +09:00
Manjunath Hadli
e13c692b1f ARM: davinci: vpif: move code to driver core header from platform
Move vpif related definitions for capture and display drivers
from dm646x platform header file to vpif_types.h inside
the driver as these definitions are related to driver code
rather than the platform or board.

This enables reusing this IP across platforms.

Signed-off-by: Manjunath Hadli <manjunath.hadli@ti.com>
Acked-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
2011-12-03 00:33:50 +05:30
David S. Miller
b3613118eb Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net 2011-12-02 13:49:21 -05:00
Linus Torvalds
c2b5adb486 Merge branch 'drm-fixes' of git://people.freedesktop.org/~airlied/linux
* 'drm-fixes' of git://people.freedesktop.org/~airlied/linux:
  vmwgfx: integer overflow in vmw_kms_update_layout_ioctl()
  drm/radeon/kms: fix 2D tiling CS support on EG/CM
  drm/radeon/kms: fix scanout of 2D tiled buffers on EG/CM
  drm: Fix lack of CRTC disable for drm_crtc_helper_set_config(.fb=NULL)
  drm/radeon/kms: add some new pci ids
  drm/radeon/kms: Skip ACPI call to ATIF when possible
  drm/radeon/kms: Hide debugging message
  drm/radeon/kms: add some loop timeouts in pageflip code
  drm/nv50/disp: silence compiler warning
  drm/nouveau: fix oopses caused by clear being called on unpopulated ttms
  drm/nouveau: Keep RAMIN heap within the channel.
  drm/nvd0/disp: fix sor dpms typo, preventing dpms on in some situations
  drm/nvc0/gr: fix TP init for transform feedback offset queries
  drm/nouveau: add dumb ioctl support
2011-12-02 08:25:04 -08:00
Catalin Marinas
f528f0b8e5 kmemleak: Handle percpu memory allocation
This patch adds kmemleak callbacks from the percpu allocator, reducing a
number of false positives caused by kmemleak not scanning such memory
blocks. The percpu chunks are never reported as leaks because of current
kmemleak limitations with the __percpu pointer not pointing directly to
the actual chunks.

Reported-by: Huajun Li <huajun.li.lee@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@gentwo.org>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
2011-12-02 16:12:42 +00:00
Linus Torvalds
0efebaa72d Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tiwai/sound
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tiwai/sound:
  ALSA: hda - Fix S3/S4 problem on machines with VREF-pin mute-LED
  ALSA: hda_intel - revert a quirk that affect VIA chipsets
  ALSA: hda - Avoid touching mute-VREF pin for IDT codecs
  firmware: Sigma: Fix endianess issues
  firmware: Sigma: Skip header during CRC generation
  firmware: Sigma: Prevent out of bounds memory access
  ALSA: usb-audio - Support for Roland GAIA SH-01 Synthesizer
  ASoC: Supply dcs_codes for newer WM1811 revisions
  ASoC: Error out if we can't generate a LRCLK at all for WM8994
  ASoC: Correct name of Speyside Main Speaker widget
  ASoC: skip resume of soc-audio devices without codecs
  ASoC: cs42l51: Fix off-by-one for reg_cache_size
  ASoC: drop support for PlayPaq with WM8510
  ASoC: mpc8610: tell the CS4270 codec that it's the master
  ASoC: cs4720: use snd_soc_cache_sync()
  ASoC: SAMSUNG: Fix build error
  ASoC: max9877: Update register if either val or val2 is changed
  ASoC: Fix wrong define for AD1836_ADC_WORD_OFFSET
2011-12-02 08:10:51 -08:00
Justin P. Mattock
42b2aa86c6 treewide: Fix typos in various parts of the kernel, and fix some comments.
The below patch fixes some typos in various parts of the kernel, as well as fixes some comments.
Please let me know if I missed anything, and I will try to get it changed and resent.

Signed-off-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
2011-12-02 14:57:31 +01:00
Andre Guedes
07f7fa5db1 Bluetooth: LE Set Scan Parameter Command
This patch adds the parameter struct and the command complete event
handler to the LE Set Scan Parameter HCI command.

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-02 21:19:31 +09:00
Andre Guedes
d23264a896 Bluetooth: Add dev_flags to struct hci_dev
This patch adds the dev_flags field to struct hci_dev. This new
flags variable should be used to define flags related to BR/EDR
and/or LE controller itself. It should be used to define flags
which represents states from the controller. The dev_flags is
cleared in case the controller sends a Reset Command Complete
Event to the host.

Also, this patch adds the HCI_LE_SCAN flag which was created to
track if the controller is performing LE scan or not. The flag
is set/cleared when the controller starts/stops scanning.

This is an initial effort to stop using hdev->flags to define
internal flags since it is exported to userspace by an ioctl.

Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-02 21:19:18 +09:00
Andrei Emeltchenko
1e89cffb44 Bluetooth: Add HCI Read Flow Control Mode function
Upstream Code Aurora function with minor trivial fixes.
Origin: git://codeaurora.org/kernel/msm.git

Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2011-12-02 20:59:53 +09:00
Paul Mundt
50f0959ad4 serial: sh-sci: Handle GPIO function requests.
This adds initial support for requesting the various GPIO functions
necessary for certain ports. This just plugs in dumb request/free logic,
but serves as a building block for migrating off of the ->init_pins mess
to a wholly gpiolib backed solution (primarily parts with external
RTS/CTS pins, but will also allow us to clean up RXD pin testing).

Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
2011-12-02 20:09:48 +09:00
Lars-Peter Clausen
84b315ee89 ASoC: Drop unused state parameter from CODEC suspend callback
The existence of this parameter is purely historical. None of the CODEC drivers
uses it and we always pass in the same value anyway, so it should be safe to
remove it.

Signed-off-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
2011-12-02 10:32:03 +00:00
Mark Brown
1ab97c8cad ASoC: Add signal generator widget type
A signal generator behaves as an input would but is not considered for
any of the special behaviour associated with external input pins. This
is especially useful when automatically working out not connected widgets.

Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
2011-12-02 10:26:07 +00:00
Paul Mundt
faf02f8fee serial: sh-sci: per-port modem control.
The bulk of the ports do not support any sort of modem control, so
blindly twiddling the MCE bit doesn't accomplish much. We now require
ports to manually specify which line supports modem control signals.

While at it, tidy up the RTS/CTSIO handling in SCSPTR parts so it's a bit
more obvious what's going on (and without clobbering other configurations
in the process).

Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
2011-12-02 17:44:50 +09:00
Tomi Valkeinen
9d11c321a8 OMAPDSS: Add comments about blocking of ovl/mgr functions
Add comments specifying what ovl/mgr functions may block.

Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
2011-12-02 08:54:52 +02:00
Tomi Valkeinen
ff4733dcf5 OMAPDSS: APPLY: remove device_changed field
omap_overlay_manager contains device_changed field, which no longer has
any use. So remove the field and the few places where it is touched.

Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
2011-12-02 08:54:49 +02:00
Tomi Valkeinen
5d5a97a6fb OMAPDSS: APPLY: move channel-field to extra_info set
Setting overlay's output channel is currently handled at the same time
as other overlay attributes. This is not right, as the normal attributes
should only affect one overlay and manager, but changing the channel
affects two managers.

This patch moves the channel field into the "extra_info" set, handled
together with enabled-status.

Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
2011-12-02 08:54:47 +02:00
Tomi Valkeinen
c1a9febfaf OMAPDSS: APPLY: move ovl->info to apply.c
struct omap_overlayr contains info and info_dirty fields, both of which
should be internal to apply.c.

This patch moves those fields into ovl_priv data, and names them
user_info and user_info_dirty.

Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
2011-12-02 08:54:47 +02:00
Tomi Valkeinen
388c4c6cbb OMAPDSS: APPLY: move mgr->info to apply.c
struct omap_overlay_manager contains info and info_dirty fields, both of
which should be internal to apply.c.

This patch moves those fields into mgr_priv data, and names them
user_info and user_info_dirty.

Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
2011-12-02 08:54:46 +02:00
Tomi Valkeinen
aaa874a985 OMAPDSS: APPLY: rewrite overlay enable/disable
Overlays are currently enabled and disabled with a boolean in the struct
omap_overlay_info. The overlay info is set with ovl->set_overlay_info(),
and made into use with mgr->apply().

This doesn't work properly, as the enable/disable status may affect also
other overlays, for example when using fifo-merge. Thus the enabling and
disabling of the overlay needs to be done outside the normal overlay
configuration.

This patch achieves that by doing the following things:

1) Add function pointers to struct omap_overlay: enable(), disable() and
is_enabled(). These are used to do the obvious. The functions may block.

2) Move the "enabled" field from struct omap_overlay to ovl_priv_data.

3) Add a new route for settings to be applied to the HW, called
"extra_info". The status of the normal info and extra_info are tracked
separately.

The point here is to allow the normal info to be changed and
applied in non-blocking matter, whereas the extra_info can only be
changed when holding the mutex. This makes it possible to, for example,
set the overlay enable flag, apply it, and wait until the HW has taken
the flag into use.

This is not possible if the enable flag would be in the normal info, as
a new value for the flag could be set at any time from the users of
omapdss.

Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
2011-12-02 08:54:44 +02:00
Tomi Valkeinen
bf213523fe OMAPDSS: APPLY: move mgr->enabled to mgr_priv_data
struct omap_overlay_manager contains "enabled"-field, used to track if
the manager is enabled or not. This field should be internal to apply.c.

This patch moves the field to mgr_priv_data, and applies the necessary
locking when accessing the field.

Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
2011-12-02 08:54:43 +02:00
Tomi Valkeinen
9a147a65de OMAPDSS: DSI: call mgr_enable/disable for cmd mode displays
The current code uses dsi_video_mode_enable/disable functions to
enable/disable DISPC output for video mode displays. For command mode
displays we have no notion in the DISPC side of whether the panel is
enabled, except when a dss_mgr_start_update() call is made.

However, to properly maintain the DISPC state in apply.c, we need to
know if a manager used for a manual update display is currently in use.

This patch achieves that by changing dsi_video_mode_enable/disable to
dsi_enable/disable_video_output, which is called by both video and
command mode displays. For video mode displays it starts the actual
pixel stream, as it did before. For command mode displays it doesn't do
anything else than mark that the manager is currently in use.

Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
2011-12-02 08:54:42 +02:00
Tomi Valkeinen
07e327c9c1 OMAPDSS: store overlays in a list for each manager
Current way of handling overlay-manager links is a bit strange: each
manager has a static array, containing pointers to all the overlays
(even those used by other managers). The overlays contain a pointer to
the manager being used.

This patch makes the system a bit saner: each manager has a linked list
of overlays, and only the overlays linked to that manager are in the
list.

Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
2011-12-02 08:54:35 +02:00
Tomi Valkeinen
5617ad0979 OMAPDSS: store managers in an array
Overlay managers are stored in a linked list. There's no need for this
list, as an array would do just as fine.

This patch changes the code to use an array for overlay managers.

Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
2011-12-02 08:54:34 +02:00
Tomi Valkeinen
be729178f0 OMAPDSS: APPLY: track whether a manager is enabled
Add "enabled" field to struct omap_overlay_manager, which tells if the
output is enabled or not. This will be used in apply.c in the following
patches.

Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
2011-12-02 08:54:31 +02:00
Tomi Valkeinen
7797c6da64 OMAPDSS: hide manager's enable/disable()
omap_overlay_manager struct contains enable() and disable() functions.
However, these are only meant to be used from inside omapdss, and thus
it's bad to expose the functions.

This patch adds dss_mgr_enable() and dss_mgr_disable() functions to
apply.c, which handle enabling and disabling the output.

Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
2011-12-02 08:54:31 +02:00
Tomi Valkeinen
5476e74a03 OMAPDSS: remove partial update from DSI
Partial update for manual update displays has never worked quite well:
* The HW has limitations on the update area, and the x and width need to
  be even.
* Showing a part of a scaled overlay causes artifacts.
* Makes the management of dispc very complex

Considering the above points and the fact that partial update is not
used anywhere, this and the following patches remove the partial update
support. This will greatly simplify the following re-write of the apply
mechanism to get proper locking and additional features like fifo-merge.

This patch removes the partial update from the dsi.c.

Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
2011-12-02 08:54:23 +02:00
Dong Aisheng
778825801d ASoC: mxs-saif: remove function in platform_data
Add master_mode and master_id in platfrom_data since it's board
specific and board knows it.
Then we can remove the function pointer in platfrom_data to make
the driver more devicetree friendly.

Signed-off-by: Dong Aisheng <b29396@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
2011-12-02 13:56:42 +08:00
Linus Torvalds
5983fe2b29 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (73 commits)
  netfilter: Remove ADVANCED dependency from NF_CONNTRACK_NETBIOS_NS
  ipv4: flush route cache after change accept_local
  sch_red: fix red_change
  Revert "udp: remove redundant variable"
  bridge: master device stuck in no-carrier state forever when in user-stp mode
  ipv4: Perform peer validation on cached route lookup.
  net/core: fix rollback handler in register_netdevice_notifier
  sch_red: fix red_calc_qavg_from_idle_time
  bonding: only use primary address for ARP
  ipv4: fix lockdep splat in rt_cache_seq_show
  sch_teql: fix lockdep splat
  net: fec: Select the FEC driver by default for i.MX SoCs
  isdn: avoid copying too long drvid
  isdn: make sure strings are null terminated
  netlabel: Fix build problems when IPv6 is not enabled
  sctp: better integer overflow check in sctp_auth_create_key()
  sctp: integer overflow in sctp_auth_create_key()
  ipv6: Set mcast_hops to IPV6_DEFAULT_MCASTHOPS when -1 was given.
  net: Fix corruption in /proc/*/net/dev_mcast
  mac80211: fix race between the AGG SM and the Tx data path
  ...
2011-12-01 20:09:08 -08:00
Guennadi Liakhovetski
4f042cdad4 PM / Domains: fix compilation failure for CONFIG_PM_GENERIC_DOMAINS unset
Fix the following compalitaion breakage:

In file included from linux/drivers/sh/pm_runtime.c:15:
linux/include/linux/pm_domain.h: In function 'dev_to_genpd':
linux/include/linux/pm_domain.h:142: error: implicit declaration of function 'ERR_PTR'
linux/include/linux/pm_domain.h:142: warning: return makes pointer from integer without a cast
In file included from linux/include/linux/sh_clk.h:10,
                 from linux/drivers/sh/pm_runtime.c:19:
linux/include/linux/err.h: At top level:
linux/include/linux/err.h:22: error: conflicting types for 'ERR_PTR'
linux/include/linux/pm_domain.h:142: note: previous implicit declaration of 'ERR_PTR' was here
make[3]: *** [drivers/sh/pm_runtime.o] Error 1

Reported-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <nobuhiro.iwamatsu.yj@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
2011-12-01 21:48:17 +01:00
Rafael J. Wysocki
221e9b5838 PM / Domains: Add default power off governor function (v4)
Add a function deciding whether or not a given PM domain should
be powered off on the basis of the PM QoS constraints of devices
belonging to it and their PM QoS timing data.

Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
2011-12-01 21:47:58 +01:00
Rafael J. Wysocki
b02c999ac3 PM / Domains: Add device stop governor function (v4)
Add a function deciding whether or not devices should be stopped in
pm_genpd_runtime_suspend() depending on their PM QoS constraints
and stop/start timing values.  Make it possible to add information
used by this function to device objects.

Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Acked-by: Magnus Damm <damm@opensource.se>
2011-12-01 21:47:40 +01:00
Rafael J. Wysocki
d23b9b00cd PM / Domains: Rework system suspend callback routines (v2)
The current generic PM domains code attempts to use the generic
system suspend operations along with the domains' device stop/start
routines, which requires device drivers to assume that their
system suspend/resume (and hibernation/restore) callbacks will always
be used with generic PM domains.  However, in theory, the same
hardware may be used in devices that don't belong to any PM domain,
in which case it would be necessary to add "fake" PM domains to
satisfy the above assumption.  Also, the domain the hardware belongs
to may not be handled with the help of the generic code.

To allow device drivers that may be used along with the generic PM
domains code of more flexibility, add new device callbacks,
.suspend(), .suspend_late(), .resume_early(), .resume(), .freeze(),
.freeze_late(), .thaw_early(), and .thaw(), that can be supplied by
the drivers in addition to their "standard" system suspend and
hibernation callbacks.  These new callbacks, if defined, will be used
by the generic PM domains code for the handling of system suspend and
hibernation instead of the "standard" ones.  This will allow drivers
to be designed to work with generic PM domains as well as without
them.

For backwards compatibility, introduce default implementations of the
new callbacks for PM domains that will execute pm_generic_suspend(),
pm_generic_suspend_noirq(), pm_generic_resume_noirq(),
pm_generic_resume(), pm_generic_freeze(), pm_generic_freeze_noirq(),
pm_generic_thaw_noirq(), and pm_generic_thaw(), respectively, for the
given device if its driver doesn't define those callbacks.

Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
2011-12-01 21:47:29 +01:00